WO2014162601A1 - Information processing system and data processing control method - Google Patents

Information processing system and data processing control method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014162601A1
WO2014162601A1 PCT/JP2013/060524 JP2013060524W WO2014162601A1 WO 2014162601 A1 WO2014162601 A1 WO 2014162601A1 JP 2013060524 W JP2013060524 W JP 2013060524W WO 2014162601 A1 WO2014162601 A1 WO 2014162601A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data processing
processing device
data
information
surrounding environment
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/060524
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
仁史 藪崎
匡邦 揚妻
裕之 大崎
崇利 加藤
Original Assignee
株式会社日立製作所
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社日立製作所 filed Critical 株式会社日立製作所
Priority to PCT/JP2013/060524 priority Critical patent/WO2014162601A1/en
Publication of WO2014162601A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014162601A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q10/00Administration; Management
    • G06Q10/10Office automation; Time management
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H30/00ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of medical images
    • G16H30/20ICT specially adapted for the handling or processing of medical images for handling medical images, e.g. DICOM, HL7 or PACS

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an information processing system and a data processing control method, and is preferably applied to an information processing system and a data processing control method for controlling a plurality of data processing devices connected to a network.
  • a form in which a processing result is transmitted to a terminal device using a processing function of an information processing device arranged in a central data center is common.
  • cloud computing it is possible to minimize system construction cost and running cost by consolidating processing to information processing apparatuses such as servers and storages in a data center.
  • the application area of cloud computing is expected to expand from conventional web applications such as storage services and online games to various business applications.
  • predictive failure detection of construction equipment and industrial equipment railway operation management, image analysis of surveillance cameras, analysis of medical images and biometric data, BEMS (Building Energy Management System) and HEMS (Home Energy Management System), etc.
  • BEMS Building Energy Management System
  • HEMS Home Energy Management System
  • Visualization and control human flow analysis, signal control, etc.
  • These applications include mission-critical processing that handles highly confidential data such as company information and personal information and requires high responsiveness and reliability.
  • the data center is required to have high robustness, availability, expandability, etc. equivalent to or higher than before.
  • high robustness and availability for example, the use of buildings is regulated, and safety against earthquake risk is required.
  • Security management requires entry / exit management for each server room or building.
  • Electrical facilities have power supply paths, private power generation facilities, uninterruptible power supply (UPS) redundancy, air conditioning facilities have air conditioning equipment redundancy, communication facilities have carrier redundancy, and facility operation has a resident management system Required.
  • UPS uninterruptible power supply
  • air conditioning facilities have air conditioning equipment redundancy
  • communication facilities have carrier redundancy
  • facility operation has a resident management system Required.
  • a sufficient site area that can additionally accommodate a server and a line with a sufficient bandwidth with the carrier network are required.
  • Patent Document 1 it is possible to collectively manage servers in a distributed data center, and without depending on a specific data center, data migration according to conditions such as cost, security, and situation, a new system
  • a data center management system is disclosed that enables the fluidization of information assets by facilitating the construction of information.
  • the conditions include location information indicating the location of the data center, earthquake resistance information indicating the earthquake resistance of the data center, safety information indicating the safety of the data center, cost information indicating the cost of the data center, and the data center. At least one of the specification information indicating the specifications of As a result, the data storage location and processing location can be changed in consideration of the earthquake resistance, safety, cost, etc. of the data center.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a method for ensuring scalability and fault tolerance performance by determining whether or not an action is necessary based on a real-time state of a server measured by a plurality of monitoring agents. Yes.
  • a system that can grasp and control the status of computer resources included in the monitored system in real time.
  • the status of computer resources included in such a system can be monitored and controlled in real time.
  • Patent Document 3 discloses a method for selecting an optimum provider server when there are a plurality of servers that serve as service providers at a plurality of locations on the network based on network information and requested traffic volume. Yes.
  • service providers exist in multiple locations on the network, such as video distribution services and cloud services that provide applications and storage on the network, congestion is distributed by distributing the link load due to traffic bias.
  • selecting an appropriate source server by calculation based on a linear programming problem using the network congestion status (traffic volume), a route connecting the service request source (node) and the selected server (node) Can be sought.
  • JP 2012-039992 A International Publication No. 2012/05224 JP 2012-044622 A
  • the data storage location and processing location are determined in consideration of the robustness and cost of the data center facility. Environmental conditions are not considered.
  • the state of the surrounding environment includes, for example, security, infrastructure development status, damage frequency, surplus site area, and measured values by sensors such as vibration, temperature, volume, and electromagnetic waves.
  • Patent Document 1 since the state of these surrounding environments cannot be taken into consideration, it is not possible to determine the processing content and the storage location at the right place in consideration of the surrounding environment between computing resources having equivalent facilities. Also, the processing content and storage location cannot be changed in response to changes in the surrounding environment. That is, the data center integrated system disclosed in Patent Document 1 cannot cope with the state of the environment around the data center and changes thereof. As a result, in order to block the influence of the surrounding environment, sufficient facilities for protecting computing resources are required, and there is a problem that costs increase due to excessive capital investment.
  • the processing content is determined based on the real-time state of the computer resource.
  • the peripheral environment in which the computing resource is arranged is determined. The state is not considered.
  • an appropriate provider server is determined according to network information such as bandwidth and topology and the requested traffic volume. The state of the surrounding environment where is placed is not considered.
  • the present invention has been made in consideration of the above points, and provides an information processing system and a data processing control method capable of determining the processing content and storage location of data based on the surrounding environment of the data processing device and its change. It is what we are going to propose.
  • the data processing device includes a control unit that executes predetermined processing according to the request, a storage unit that stores an execution result of the predetermined processing, and a surrounding environment in which the data processing device is installed A measurement unit that measures the state of the predetermined amount of the predetermined process based on the state of the surrounding environment measured by the measurement unit. Judgment is made as to whether or not the execution result can be stored in the storage unit, and when the execution of a part or all of the predetermined processing is impossible, or the execution result cannot be stored in the storage unit. In case, wherein the or to store all or part of the other data processing apparatus to the predetermined processing of all or the execution result or to perform some, information processing system is provided.
  • the data processing device can determine whether or not to execute the predetermined process according to the request from the terminal based on the measured state of the surrounding environment or whether or not to store the execution result of the predetermined process in the storage unit. Judging. When the execution of a part or all of the predetermined process is impossible, or when all or a part of the execution result cannot be stored in the storage unit, the predetermined data is stored in another data processing apparatus. All or part of the processing is executed, or all or part of the execution result is stored. As a result, it is possible to determine the data processing content and storage location based on the surrounding environment of the data processing apparatus and the change thereof, thereby enhancing the robustness and availability of the data.
  • data processing content and storage location can be determined based on the surrounding environment of the data processing apparatus and its change, and the robustness and availability of the data can be improved.
  • surface which shows an example of the process judgment policy information at the time of the state change of the surrounding environment concerning the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a graph which shows an example of the processing method information at the time of the state change of the surrounding environment concerning the embodiment. It is a graph which shows an example of the server behavior information at the time of the state change of the surrounding environment concerning the embodiment. It is a sequence diagram which shows the operation
  • the information processing system includes a data processing control unit that determines the generation of state information of the surrounding environment and a data processing method and storage location, a data storage unit that stores state information necessary for data processing control, and data abstraction.
  • a data processing device including a data processing unit for performing partial deletion, encryption, application execution, and the like, a communication path switching unit for switching communication paths such as a switch and a router, and a measurement unit such as a camera and a sensor.
  • Management server and a network connecting the management server and a plurality of data processing devices.
  • the first feature is that state information of the surrounding environment in which the data processing device is installed is generated, and information on the state of the surrounding environment of each data processing device and / or a request for processing contents is provided between the data processing devices. Is notified in consideration of the surrounding environment of a plurality of data processing devices and changes thereof, and the data processing contents and storage locations of each data processing device are determined. This makes it possible to perform appropriate data processing and data storage in a data processing apparatus suitable for each data.
  • the second feature is that, in the first feature, when the data processing device generates state information of the surrounding environment, a value measured by the measurement unit of the data processing device, a value input by the user, and the like.
  • the status information of other surrounding environments from some information such as the values acquired from the data processing device or the web server on the Internet, the status of the surrounding environment that is difficult to measure, and its In consideration of the change, the data processing contents and storage location in each data processing apparatus are determined.
  • the third feature is that, in the first feature, when distributed processing is performed by a plurality of data processing devices, the data processing device sends data to another data processing device before receiving data or a reference request from the terminal.
  • the processing delay associated with the data processing device requesting data processing from a plurality of data processing devices is reduced.
  • the fourth feature is that, in the first feature, when the state information of the surrounding environment where the data processing device is installed is generated, a change in the state information of a part of the surrounding environment is detected, and the other surroundings are detected.
  • the fifth feature is that in the first feature, the data processing method is referred to when the data processing device judges the data processing method, and the data processing method is defined for each time period, thereby defining the period. If changes in the state of the surrounding environment occur, or if there is a predictive change in the surrounding environment, the change in the data processing method will be grasped and coordinated before the actual data processing change time. By notifying a processing request to another data processing device to be processed, it is possible to reduce a processing delay associated with notifying the other data processing device of the processing request when the state of the surrounding environment changes. It is.
  • the power supplied to the data processing device when the power supplied to the data processing device is stopped, the power of some of the data processing units inside the data processing device is turned off, and the communication device inside the data processing device is connected to the terminal. It is possible to perform an automatic degeneration operation in which data received from is transferred to another data processing device. By enabling the automatic degeneration operation, it is possible to extend the continuous operation time of the emergency power supply such as UPS provided in the data processing apparatus, and all the surplus power of the emergency power supply is consumed, and the terminal performs data processing. It becomes possible to reduce a risk that the application provided by the apparatus cannot be used.
  • UPS emergency power supply
  • the data processing device can be used from the average power failure time, which is one of the status information of the surrounding environment where the data processing device is installed, until the power is restored when the supply power is stopped.
  • the number of devices to be stopped inside the data processing device can be grasped.
  • the server theft based on position information and camera images, which are one of status information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device. And if the server theft is estimated, stop access to the data stored in its own data processing device, delete the stored data, from the terminal connected to the data processing device Data to be received is transferred to another data processing device, and a request to stop data transmission to its own data processing device is transmitted to the other data processing device. Thereby, when the data processing device is stolen, it is possible to suppress a data amount from which important data recorded in the data processing device flows out.
  • the data processing device is physically detected from the speed, acceleration, vibration of the data processing device, which is one of state information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device, and dust and electromagnetic waves applied to the data processing device.
  • Data that stores important data can be determined by determining the data processing device that processes, converts, and stores data in consideration of the risk of loss. Since the processing device is mounted on an automobile, construction equipment, or the like, a safe data processing device that is not easily damaged can be selected, and the risk of losing important data can be reduced.
  • the data processing device is moving from the position information, speed information, and acceleration information which are one of the state information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device, and the data processing device If it exceeds the limit, the conversion of the data stored in its own data processing device or the data regulated in the destination country is placed in another country based on the laws and regulations of the destination country. It becomes possible to move to a certain data processing device.
  • the data processing device changes the posture in consideration of the wind direction, the position of the sun, etc., thereby improving the efficiency of exhaust heat, improving the efficiency of solar power generation and wind power generation, etc. It can adapt to the environment and improve energy efficiency.
  • data processing for processing or storing data in addition to the status information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device, data processing for processing or storing data in consideration of server characteristic information such as the computing capability of the data processing device and the capacity of the storage device By selecting a device, it is possible to shorten the data processing time or prevent the storage device from overflowing.
  • the data processing apparatus stores the application program necessary for processing the data generated by the terminal in the data processing apparatus, the image and vibration of the surrounding environment of the data processing apparatus are stored. Based on information such as sound, dust, etc., the processing contents in the data processing device are judged, and by deploying necessary applications and data, data processing suitable for the state of the surrounding environment where the data processing device is installed An environment for execution can be constructed.
  • program is used as the subject.
  • the program performs processing determined by being executed by the processor using the memory and the communication port (communication control device)
  • the processor is used as the subject.
  • the explanation may be as follows. Further, the processing disclosed with the program as the subject may be processing performed by a computer such as a management server or an information processing apparatus. Further, part or all of the program may be realized by dedicated hardware.
  • Various programs may be installed in each computer by a program distribution server or a storage medium that can be read by the computer.
  • FIG. 1 shows the hardware configuration of the information processing system in the present embodiment.
  • the information processing system includes a network 130, data processing devices 140a to 140c (hereinafter, may be collectively referred to as data processing device 140), a management server 150, and access points 160a to 160d. Hereinafter, it may be collectively referred to as an access point 160.) and terminals 170a to e (hereinafter, sometimes collectively referred to as the terminal 170).
  • the network 130 is a WAN (Wide Area Network) or a LAN (Local Area Network), and may be a virtual network composed of VLAN, MPLS (Multi-Protocol Label Switching), and virtual slice.
  • WAN Wide Area Network
  • LAN Local Area Network
  • MPLS Multi-Protocol Label Switching
  • the data processing device 140 is a device that processes data generated by the terminal 170 and data used by the terminal 170.
  • the data processing executed by the data processing device 140 includes sensor information and video analysis for the purpose of monitoring and equipment maintenance, data encryption for enhancing security, confidential data and confidentiality. Deletion of part of data for data protection and legal regulations, restriction of access to data for anti-theft measures, data statistics and abstraction for data utilization, storage of abstract data and storage of all data, For example, cache or transfer.
  • the management server 150 is a management device that manages the data processing device 140.
  • the management server 150 will be described mainly with reference to an example of a centralized control architecture that is connected to the data processing device 140 via the network 130, but is not limited to such an example.
  • the management server 150 may be configured in an autonomous distributed architecture that exists in each data processing device 140 and shares management information between the management servers 150.
  • a notification process to the management server 150 described later is notified to a plurality of other data processing devices 140 or a data processing device 140 representing them. You may do it.
  • the management server 150 includes an input device, an operation screen, an arithmetic processing unit, a data storage unit, and the like used by the administrator of the data processing device 140.
  • the management server 150 has a function of generating and managing various types of information notified to the data processing device 140.
  • the information notified to the data processing device 140 includes, for example, a service requirement 2200, processing determination policy information 1300, a surrounding environment state information template 1100, and a processing determination policy at the time of a change in the surrounding environment used in the second embodiment.
  • Information 1400 and the like are examples of notified to the data processing device 140.
  • a setting button, a change button, a delete button, and the like are displayed together with the above information so that the administrator can change the setting.
  • information for the administrator to manage the status and processing contents of the data processing device 140 is displayed on the operation screen of the management server 150.
  • the status of the data processing device 140 and the information on the processing contents include the surrounding environment status information 1000, processing method information 1900, processing supportability information 2100, server characteristic information 1700, server internal operation status 2300, communication characteristic information 1500, Also, there are processing method information 2600 at the time of change in the state of the surrounding environment, server behavior information 2700 at the time of change in the state of the surrounding environment, and the like used in the second embodiment.
  • the access point 160 is a wireless LAN router such as WiFi, or a cellular base station such as 3G or LTE.
  • a wired connection device such as an ONU (Optical Network Unit) is also included.
  • the access point 160 is connected to the data processing device 140 directly by wireless or wired or via the network 130 and directly connected to the terminal 170 by wireless or wired.
  • the terminal 170 is a device for generating and utilizing data, such as a smartphone, a tablet, a notebook PC, a construction device, a medical diagnostic device, a smart meter, an agricultural device, an automobile, an elevator, an escalator, etc. It is.
  • the data processing device 140 includes an arithmetic processing device 501 such as a CPU, an external storage device 502 such as a flash memory and a hard disk drive, an internal storage device 503 such as a DRAM, and a communication switching device 504 such as a router and a switch.
  • an arithmetic processing device 501 such as a CPU
  • an external storage device 502 such as a flash memory and a hard disk drive
  • an internal storage device 503 such as a DRAM
  • a communication switching device 504 such as a router and a switch.
  • UPS Uninterruptable Power Supply
  • a wireless transmission / reception device 507 such as WiFi or Zigbee (registered trademark)
  • a sensor 511 such as a monitor or a keyboard
  • a speaker 513, a driving device 514, a lamp 515, a power generation device 516, and a heat generation / heat removal device 517 are provided.
  • the data processing device 140 performs operations such as data processing and storage by the program stored in the external storage device 502 being executed by the arithmetic processing device 501 in the internal storage device 503. These programs may be stored in advance in the internal storage device 503, or may be introduced from an external device via the network 130 or a portable storage medium. The program stored in the internal storage device 503 will be described in detail later.
  • the sensor 511 has a function of measuring the state of the surrounding environment.
  • an azimuth sensor or a gyro sensor that grasps the attitude of the data processing device 140
  • a GPS that measures a position
  • a speed sensor that measures a speed
  • an acceleration sensor or an emergency power supply surplus Voltage meter for measuring electric energy
  • camera for grasping people and obstacles
  • optical sensor microphone for grasping volume and pitch
  • thermometer thermometer
  • hygrometer anemometer for measuring wind force and wind direction
  • An electromagnetic wave measuring device that measures the amount of electromagnetic waves
  • a dust meter that measures the amount of dust
  • a vibration meter that measures vibration, and the like are provided.
  • the state of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140 can be measured by the sensor 511.
  • the speaker 513 emits a sound or a beep to notify the user of the nearby terminal 170, the administrator of the data processing device 140, or the data processing device 140.
  • the administrator newly installs or replaces the data processing device 140 by using the speaker 513 and the surrounding environment state information 1000
  • the work procedure is changed to a beep sound or the state of the surrounding environment.
  • Can be guided by voice Accordingly, installation, replacement, setting work, and the like suitable for the surrounding environment where the data processing device 140 is installed can be performed, and the work efficiency of the administrator can be improved.
  • the management server when the data processing device 140 uses the speaker 513 and the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, for example, when a sensor such as a camera provided in the data processing device 140 detects a human shadow, the management server At the same time as notification to 150, an alarm notifying the suspicious person can be sounded to notify an administrator in the vicinity.
  • the driving device 514 includes a tire, a motor, a battery, and a controller that controls the motor, and allows the data processing device 140 to be physically moved and rotated.
  • the data processing device 140 uses the drive device 514 and the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment, for example, the data processing device 140 rotates and is measured by the attitude measured by the direction sensor of the data processing device 140 and an anemometer. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether the flow of exhaust heat air from the data processing device 140 is aligned with the flow of air conditioner or natural air from the wind direction, and the exhaust heat efficiency can be improved.
  • the thermometer it is possible to detect that the light intensity measured by the sensor 511 of the data processing device 140 is weak and to physically move to a position where the light intensity is strong, and the power generation efficiency of solar power generation provided in the data processing device 140 In addition, when the temperature measured by the thermometer rises, it is possible to move to the shade where the temperature is low.
  • the lamp 515 is an illumination device such as an LED.
  • the data processing device 140 uses the lamp 515 and the status information 1000 of the surrounding environment, for example, the status of the surrounding environment such as temperature, vibration, and dust amount exceeds the range in which the data processing device 140 can operate normally.
  • the administrator of the data processing device 140 is notified by turning on the lamp, the administrator is notified that the setting of the data processing device 140 needs to be changed or restarted, the communication failure or the data processing device 140 An administrator can be notified when an internal failure occurs.
  • the power generation device 516 is a device that creates power for operating the data processing device 140 by solar power generation, wind power generation, geothermal power generation, or the like. Accordingly, when it is difficult to supply power energy to the data processing device 140, for example, the data processing device 140 can be operated even when the data processing device 140 is moved outdoors.
  • the heat generation / heat removal device 517 is an air cooling device such as a fan that removes heat generated inside the data processing device 140, or a heater for maintaining the inside of the data processing device 140 at a temperature at which it can operate normally.
  • the heat generation / heat removal device 517 can maintain the temperature inside the data processing device 140 appropriately even when the temperature of the surrounding environment is higher or lower than the temperature at which the data processing device 140 can normally operate.
  • the data processing device 140 includes a data processing unit 380, a data storage unit 385, a communication path switching unit 370, a measurement unit 391, a data processing control unit 300, a control data storage unit 350, and the like. .
  • the data processing unit 380 performs data analysis and primary analysis and secondary analysis, calculation of data statistics, partial deletion and integration, data division, encryption, and the like.
  • the data storage unit 385 is a storage system capable of processing a plurality of data communication protocols, for example, NFS (Network File System), CIFS (Common Internet File System), FTP (File Transfer Protocol), and HTTP (HyperTransFrtex). ) Or the like, and a part or all of the data processed and converted by the data processing unit and the data to be referred to when the application used by the terminal 170 processes using the communication protocol providing the file sharing service. save.
  • NFS Network File System
  • CIFS Common Internet File System
  • FTP File Transfer Protocol
  • HTTP HyperTransFrtex
  • the communication path switching unit 370 is directly connected to the access point 160, the terminal 170, and the management server 150 via a cable, or connected via the network 130.
  • the communication path switching unit 370 changes the destination of the traffic transmitted to its own data processing device 140 to another data processing device 140 and transfers it, or forwards the traffic destined for the other data processing device 140 to its own data. Or change to a processing device. Also, when transmitting traffic, priority, communication path, and line type may be selected and transmitted. Further, traffic may be stored until a certain time and transmitted at a specified time.
  • the communication path switching unit 370 may be a software switch instead of a physical device. For example, in the event of a power failure, the communication device switching unit 370 that consumes less power may be kept operating, and the constituent devices such as the data processing unit 380 that do not have a serious effect on the service even if stopped may be stopped. Thereby, operation
  • the communication path switching unit 370 transfers the data and the other data processing device 140 processes the data. You may substitute the preservation. This makes it possible to continue the service while suppressing the amount of data that is stolen or lost.
  • the measuring unit 391 measures the state of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140.
  • the measurement items measured by the measurement unit 391 include, for example, the orientation, speed, and acceleration indicating the orientation and angle of the data processing device 140, the surplus power amount of the emergency power supply, and its change speed, and an image of the surrounding environment, Luminous intensity, volume, pitch, temperature, humidity, wind force, wind direction, electromagnetic wave, dust amount, vibration, etc.
  • the data processing control unit 300 includes a peripheral environment state generation / determination unit 301, a control arbitration unit 302, a communication control unit 303, an execution base control unit 304, a terminal control unit 305, a storage control unit 306, and a service characteristic generation / determination unit 307. Composed.
  • the data processing control unit 300 generates status information of the surrounding environment where the data processing device 140 is installed, and transmits / receives a request for status information and processing contents of the surrounding environment of each data processing device 140 to / from other data processing devices 140. By doing so, the data processing contents and storage locations in each data processing device 140 are determined in consideration of the surrounding environment of the plurality of data processing devices 140 and changes thereof.
  • the peripheral environment state generation / determination unit 301 generates peripheral environment state information, and manages the peripheral environment state information of the plurality of data processing devices 140 exchanged by the data processing device 140.
  • the control arbitration unit 302 determines a data processing method performed by the data processing device 140 based on the state information of the surrounding environment, server characteristics, communication characteristics, and service requirements.
  • the communication control unit 303 manages communication characteristics between the data processing devices 140, between the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170, and between the data processing device 140 and the management server 150, and controls the communication path switching unit 370.
  • the execution platform control unit 304 manages server characteristics and in-server operation status, and manages applications and data when the data processing device 140 does not hold the applications and data necessary for performing the requested processing.
  • Applications include conventional web applications such as storage services, online games, and business applications, failure sign detection for construction equipment and industrial equipment, railway operation management, image analysis of surveillance cameras, analysis of medical images and biometric data, etc. , BEMS and HEMS power visualization and control, human flow analysis, signal control, and the like.
  • the terminal control unit 305 manages the characteristics of the terminal 170 and transmits a request to the terminal 170.
  • the characteristics of the terminal 170 are, for example, the state of the surrounding environment of the terminal 170, the screen size, processing capability, data capacity, and communication speed of the terminal 170.
  • the peripheral environment of the terminal 170 is, for example, a device that is inside or outside the company base, or physically close to the terminal 170.
  • the terminal characteristic generation / determination unit manages whether the terminal 170 is accessing from inside or outside the company base. Thereby, it is possible to determine whether or not to provide confidential data, and security is improved.
  • the terminal characteristic generation / determination unit manages the screen size, processing capability, data capacity, and communication speed, so that the processing content in the data processing device 140 can be optimized, and the quality of experience of the user of the terminal 170 can be improved. Can be improved.
  • the processing content includes, for example, whether or not video is compressed, the type of codec, and the bit rate adjustment.
  • the request transmitted to the terminal 170 is, for example, a request for self-access to the data processing device 140 or an access request to another data processing device 140 as the processing load increases.
  • the storage control unit 306 manages data stored in the data storage unit 385 inside and outside the same data processing device 140.
  • the storage control unit 306 manages the storage location of data in the data processing device 140 when the data processing device 140 holds a plurality of data storage units 385.
  • the storage control unit 306 may manage the data processing device 140 in which data is stored.
  • the storage control unit 306 may manage data stored in the data storage unit 385 as primary data or secondary data, or may manage it as a temporary cache.
  • the service characteristic generation / determination unit 307 manages the service requirement 2200 indicating the content requested by the service, the state information template 1100 of the surrounding environment, and the server characteristic information 1700.
  • the control data storage unit 350 stores data used by the data processing control unit 300.
  • the control data storage unit 350 includes a surrounding environment state information storage unit 351, a communication characteristic information storage unit 352, a terminal characteristic information storage unit 353, a service characteristic information storage unit 354, and a server characteristic information storage unit 355.
  • the information held by the control data storage unit 350 is shown below.
  • the surrounding environment state information storage unit 351 is a storage unit that holds the state and characteristics of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140.
  • the surrounding environment state information storage unit 351 holds surrounding environment state information 1000 and a surrounding environment state information template 1100 described later.
  • the communication characteristic information storage unit 352 is a storage unit that holds communication characteristics between the data processing devices 140, the data processing device 140 and the access point 160, and between the data processing device 140 and the management server 150.
  • the communication characteristic information storage unit 352 holds communication characteristic information 1500 described later.
  • the terminal characteristic information storage unit 353 is a storage unit that holds the characteristics of the terminal 170.
  • the terminal characteristic information storage unit 353 holds the terminal ID, the terminal owner affiliation organization ID, the peripheral environment information of the terminal, the screen size, the processing capability, the data capacity, and the communication speed.
  • the terminal ID is a terminal identifier.
  • the terminal owner affiliation organization ID is an identifier of the organization to which the terminal owner belongs.
  • the peripheral environment information of the terminal is classified into base internal / external information, communication base internal / external information, nearby device ID, or access point ID.
  • the inside / outside base information is information indicating whether the terminal 170 is physically located within the base of the same organization as the terminal owner or outside the base.
  • the communication base inside / outside information is information indicating whether the terminal 170 is connected from a network in a base of the same organization as the terminal owner or from a network outside the base.
  • the network in the base includes a wide area network constructed by VPN (Virtual Private Network) or the like.
  • the nearby device ID indicates an identifier of a device that is physically close to the terminal 170 when the terminal user manages or uses a construction device, a medical device, a farming device, or the like.
  • the access point ID indicates an identifier of the access point 160 such as a wireless router through which the terminal 170 is connected to the data processing apparatus 140 for communication.
  • the terminal owner affiliation organization ID and the peripheral environment status information 1000 described later By holding both the terminal owner affiliation organization ID and the peripheral environment status information 1000 described later, the status of the peripheral environment of the data processing device 140 and the data processing corresponding to the change are made for each affiliation organization of the terminal owner. Judgment becomes possible. For example, when the data processing device 140 detects that a power outage or disaster has occurred, a data processing request such as data reference or update from the terminal owner terminal 170 belonging to a public organization such as the police or local government to the data processing device 140 When there is, it is possible to determine which process is executed with priority.
  • the terminal owner affiliation organization ID may be hierarchized in order to make a difference in data processing even within the same organization of the terminal owner.
  • the data processing apparatus in the terminal 170 It is possible to appropriately determine whether or not the processing content 140 can be executed. For example, when a part of the data processing device 140 is stopped in order to reduce the surplus power amount of the data processing device 140 and reduce the power consumption and extend the continuous operation time of the data processing device 140, the data processing device 140 It is possible to determine whether or not the terminal 170 has a performance that can perform part of the processing performed by the terminal 170.
  • the terminal 170 it is possible to provide appropriate information to the terminal 170 by holding the information on the inside and outside of the base and the information on the inside and outside of the communication base. For example, security can be improved by restricting applications and data that can be used by the terminal 170 to the terminal 170 located outside the base.
  • the terminal 170 located outside the base.
  • high confidentiality and confidentiality can be achieved without checking the contents of the data transmitted from the terminal 170.
  • the data can be estimated and the appropriate data processing can be performed in consideration of the security, management system and laws and regulations of the place where the data processing device 140 is installed.
  • the communication switching unit of the data processing device 140 can determine the transfer destination based on a part of the information of the data without checking all the information of the data, thereby reducing the load on the data processing unit 380. can do.
  • the service characteristic information storage unit 354 is a storage unit that holds requirements for each service, processing contents of data processing contents of each service, and policy information.
  • the service characteristic information storage unit 354 holds processing determination policy information 1300, service requirements 2200, processing method information 1900, and processing availability information 2100.
  • the server characteristic information storage unit 355 holds information on the processing capability and characteristics of the data processing device 140 and the operating status.
  • the server characteristic information storage unit 355 holds server characteristic information 1700, server characteristic-processing effect mapping information 1800, and a server internal operation status 2300, which will be described later.
  • FIG. 4 is a chart showing an example of state information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
  • the surrounding environment state information 1000 is information indicating the state of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140.
  • the data processing device 140 determines a processing method, which will be described later, based on the surrounding environment state information 1000. Policy information 1300 is generated.
  • the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment is regularly updated, but past information for a predetermined period is also retained.
  • the data processing device 140 estimates future changes in the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment using the past state information 1000 of the surrounding environment retained for a predetermined period.
  • the surrounding environment state information 1000 is generated based on a value measured by the measuring unit 391 and a surrounding environment state information template 1100 described later. As shown in FIG. 4, the surrounding environment status information 1000 includes a server ID column 1001, an environmental characteristic ID column 1002, an IP address column 1003, a measurable physical quantity column 1004, a disaster related information column 1005, and a security / management system column 1006. , A legal regulation column 1007, an infrastructure maintenance status column 1008, a surplus resource information column 1009, and the like.
  • the server ID column 1001 an identifier of the data processing device 140 is stored.
  • the environmental characteristic ID column 1002 stores an identifier of the environmental characteristic, and an environmental characteristic having substantially the same state and characteristic of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140 is uniquely identified by the environmental characteristic ID.
  • the IP address column 1003 stores the IP address of the data processing device 140.
  • the measurable physical quantity column 1004 includes position (background / altitude), posture, speed, acceleration, electric power, surplus electric energy, shadow / obstacle, luminous intensity, volume, pitch, temperature, humidity, wind force, wind direction, electromagnetic wave, dust Alternatively, vibration measurement values are stored. As described above, these measured values are acquired by a sensor built in the data processing device 140.
  • the position indicates the physical position of the data processing device 140.
  • the posture indicates the direction and angle of the data processing device 140 and is acquired by an orientation sensor or a gyro sensor.
  • the speed indicates the moving speed of the data processing device 140 and is acquired by a speedometer.
  • the acceleration indicates the acceleration of the data processing device 140 and is acquired by an accelerometer.
  • the electric power indicates the amount of electric power supplied to the data processing device 140 from the outside, and is measured by an ammeter.
  • the surplus power amount indicates the remaining amount of power stored in the emergency power source of the data processing device 140 and is measured by a voltmeter.
  • the human figure / obstacle indicates the presence or absence of a person or an obstacle around the data processing device 140, and is acquired by photographing and image processing of a camera built in the data processing device 140.
  • the volume indicates the volume of the surrounding sound (in decibels), and the pitch indicates the pitch and rhythm of the sound.
  • the volume and pitch are acquired by a microphone.
  • the temperature indicates the ambient air temperature, and the humidity indicates the ambient humidity, which are acquired by a thermometer and a hygrometer, respectively.
  • the wind force indicates the strength of the wind, and the wind direction indicates the wind direction, both of which are obtained by an anemometer.
  • the electromagnetic wave indicates the ultraviolet ray, infrared ray, and X-ray dose that the data processing device 140 receives and is acquired by an electromagnetic wave measuring device.
  • the dust indicates the amount of yellow sand and dust, and is acquired by a dust meter.
  • the vibration indicates the period and amplitude of vibration of the data processing device 140 and is acquired by a vibrometer.
  • the data processing device 140 can determine the data processing suitable for the state of the surrounding environment and the change of the state and the behavior of the data processing device based on the measurable physical quantity.
  • the data processing device 140 can estimate the ease of the data processing device toppling by grasping the posture. It is also possible to estimate physical stimuli by measuring speed, acceleration, and vibration, and to select a data processing device for storing data based on the possibility of physical damage to the data processing device. . As a result, even if a part of the data processing device is an unstable posture data processing device or a data processing device that has a large possibility of being subjected to a physical shock with a large speed, acceleration, and vibration, a high operating rate is required. This reduces the risk of service interruption of the service being used and reduces the risk of losing data that requires long-term storage and important data.
  • the disaster-related information column 1005 stores values indicating damage frequency, damage area ID, and infrastructure recovery time.
  • the frequency of damage indicates the frequency of occurrence of a snowfall, cold wave, or extremely hot climate that affects the normal operation of the data processing device 140, or an earthquake such as a fire, tsunami, or earthquake.
  • the disaster area ID indicates an identifier of a physical area that may be affected by the same climate or earthquake.
  • the infrastructure recovery time indicates the infrastructure recovery time when the infrastructure is not operating normally due to the disaster.
  • the data processing apparatus 140 can perform the future based on the change in the surrounding environment.
  • Data processing can be changed before disasters occur in anticipation of the earthquake.
  • the disaster area ID indicates an area where the frequency of large earthquakes is high
  • the measurement unit 391 of the data processing device 140 detects an earthquake P wave or receives an earthquake early warning from the Japan Meteorological Agency
  • the data processing device The important data held by 140 is transmitted to another data processing device 140 having a different disaster area ID, the data held in the volatile storage unit is saved in the non-volatile storage unit, and the non-volatile storage unit is stopped. By doing so, it becomes possible to protect the data.
  • the data processing device 140 By holding the disaster area ID, data can be backed up to the data processing device 140 with a different disaster area ID, and the risk of losing both primary and secondary data due to a disaster can be reduced. Further, by maintaining the infrastructure recovery time, for example, when a failure occurs in the power infrastructure, the data processing device 140 continues to operate until the data processing device 140 recovers the infrastructure with the surplus power of the emergency power source 506. In addition, it is possible to grasp the power consumption that can be consumed per unit time. As a result, when the operation of some of the devices such as the arithmetic processing device 501 in the data processing device 140 is stopped and the degenerate operation is performed, the number of devices to be stopped can be grasped.
  • the security / management system column 1006 stores information indicating security, enlistment management, manager skills, and manager ethics, and is acquired by input from the management terminal of the management server 150.
  • the security information indicates the security status of the area where the data processing device 140 is installed.
  • the enlistment management information indicates the physical security level of the facility where the data processing device 140 is installed.
  • the manager skill information indicates the skill of the local manager of the facility and the data processing device 140.
  • the manager ethics information indicates the ethics level of the manager.
  • the data processing device 140 can determine the data processing method in consideration of the security and management system.
  • the data processing method can be defined so as to satisfy the corporate governance of the company that holds the data processing apparatus 140 and the company that uses it. For example, confidential information and the like can be stored preferentially over the data processing device 140 installed in an area where security is good and the management system is in place.
  • the information stored in the legal regulation column 1007 is information that regulates the data processing method according to laws and corporate governance regulations, and includes data movement regulation, data storage regulation, data utilization regulation, data encryption regulation, and copyright regulation.
  • Information to be stored is stored, and is mainly acquired by input from the management terminal of the management server 150.
  • the data movement restriction information indicates the degree of restriction of data transfer between the data processing devices 140.
  • the data storage restriction information indicates whether data can be stored in the data processing device 140.
  • the data utilization regulation information indicates whether or not the reference or update from the terminal 170 or the reference or update request from the application is acceptable.
  • the data processing device 104 is moving from position information, velocity information, and acceleration information, which are one of the state information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 104. For example, when the data processing device 104 crosses the border, based on the laws and regulations of the destination country, conversion of data held in its own data processing device or the destination of the data processing device 104 It becomes possible to move the data regulated in the country to the data processing device 104 arranged in another country.
  • the infrastructure maintenance status column 1008 stores values indicating the maintenance status of the power infrastructure and communication infrastructure, and is acquired by input from the management terminal of the management server 150.
  • the maintenance status of the power infrastructure indicates the stability of the power supplied from the outside to the data processing device 140 and the length of the energization time in the area where the planned energization is performed.
  • the communication infrastructure maintenance status indicates the stability of the network 130 connecting the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170, the data processing device 140, and the data processing device 140 and the management server 150, and the ratio of the disconnection time.
  • the communication infrastructure maintenance status for example, when the data processing device 140 mounted on a moving body such as an automobile moves out of service area and communication with other data processing devices 140 is interrupted, Control to acquire necessary data from other data processing device 140 while communication is connected, or to unnecessarily retransmit data to be transmitted to other data processing device 140 when communication disconnection occurs It is possible to store data and wait until communication is established without repeatedly depleting the resources of the network 130. Furthermore, when a communication disconnection occurs, it can be determined that the communication is not an unexpected communication failure but an expected communication disconnection, and an unnecessary communication disconnection notification can be prevented from being transmitted to the management server 150 or the like.
  • the surplus resource information column 1009 stores information indicating surplus site area, surplus power, and surplus line bandwidth, and is acquired by input from the management server 150.
  • the surplus site area indicates the number of data processing devices 140 that can be additionally installed at the installation location of the data processing device 140 from the viewpoint of the surplus site area.
  • the surplus power indicates the number of data processing devices 140 that can be additionally installed at the installation location of the data processing device 140 from the surplus supply power amount.
  • the surplus line bandwidth indicates the number of data processing devices 140 that can be installed from the viewpoint of the bandwidth of the communication line or the number of lines.
  • the data processing device 140 By retaining the surplus site area, surplus power, and surplus line bandwidth, the data processing device 140 is added as the number of terminals increases in the future and the processing load on the data processing device 140-1 increases and the amount of data to be stored increases.
  • the manager of the data processing apparatus 140 can grasp how many units can be installed when installing the system. Further, by holding surplus resource information, a server internal operation status 2300, which will be described later, and a service requirement 2200, for example, the number of data processing devices that can be additionally installed by the data processing device 140 is limited, and self When the storage capacity of the unused data processing device 140 is limited, the data storage location of the service that does not require high responsiveness is additionally installed at a location where a large number of data processing devices can be installed.
  • the data can be stored in the processing device 140 or the data processing device 140 having a sufficient unused storage capacity. As a result, more data can be stored without securing additional site area, power, and communication line.
  • FIG. 5 is a chart showing an example of the state information template 1100 of the surrounding environment.
  • the surrounding environment state information template 1100 is difficult for the management server 150 to grasp by itself based on the measurable physical quantity of the surrounding environment state information 1000 that the data processing device 140 can measure. It is information that estimates and notifies disaster-related information, security / management systems, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information to the data processing device 140.
  • the surrounding environment state information template 1100 estimates disaster-related information, security / management systems, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information from the measurable physical quantities of the surrounding environment state information 1000. It is the information referred to by.
  • the surrounding environment state information template 1100 includes an environment characteristic ID column 1101, a condition value column 1102, and an estimated value column 1103.
  • the environmental characteristic ID column 1002 stores an identifier of the environmental characteristic.
  • the condition value column 1102 includes the same items as the IP address of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment and the measurable physical quantity items, but each item describes a range indicating a condition, not a value. For example, the speed is 0 to 1 m / sec, and the temperature is 25 to 35 ° C.
  • the estimated value column 1103 stores disaster-related information, security / management systems, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
  • the data processing device 140 uses the surrounding environment state information 1000 for disaster-related information, security / management systems, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resources. Information can be grasped.
  • processing determination policy information 1300, service requirements 2200, processing method information 1900, and processing supportability information 2100 stored in the service characteristic information storage unit 354 in the present embodiment will be described.
  • FIG. 6 is a chart showing an example of the processing determination policy information 1300.
  • the processing determination policy information 1300 is managed for each service ID of each data processing device 140, and indicates a determination criterion for the data processing control unit 300 to determine a processing method.
  • the process determination policy information 1300 includes a classification column 1301, an evaluation item column 1302, a request value column 1303, an environment reference value column 1304, an application processing column 1305, a processing / conversion column 1306, a transfer column 1307, and a storage column 1308.
  • the classification column 1301 stores information indicating the classification of the evaluation item, and the classification of the evaluation item includes availability, completeness, certainty, confidentiality, responsiveness, expandability, efficiency, cost, and the like.
  • the data processing device 140 describes the environment reference value and the required value determined by the state of the surrounding environment in the column of the data processing method such as application processing, processing / conversion, transfer, and storage. When the conditional statement is satisfied, the data processing contents are grasped by referring to the action defined in the same place.
  • time zone may be specified as one of the conditions specified in the conditional statement. By specifying the time zone in the conditional statement, it is possible to specify different actions in each time zone. As a result, in the second embodiment described later, the data processing device 140 does not change the data processing method reactively after the data processing device 140 changes the state of the surrounding environment, but the surroundings expected at a certain date and time. In anticipation of environmental changes, data processing methods can be defined.
  • the method for predicting a change in the surrounding environment at a certain date and time predicts that a change in the state of the surrounding environment occurs in the same cycle when the state of the surrounding environment shown in the second embodiment periodically changes.
  • a method is mentioned.
  • the state of the surrounding environment will change after ⁇ t if a similar sign is detected.
  • a method for predicting Hereinafter each item of the evaluation items will be described.
  • Availability indicates the risk of service interruption. Integrity indicates the risk of data loss or theft. Certainty indicates the risk of malfunctioning in the event of an abnormality. Confidentiality indicates the risk of data leakage. Responsiveness indicates time (RTT including processing delay) until response to a request from the terminal 170 or the data processing device 140. Extensibility indicates a processing delay of the data processing device 140. Efficiency indicates the power generation efficiency and air conditioning efficiency of the data processing device 140. The cost indicates communication, power cost, and maintenance cost.
  • the evaluation item is an item of service requirements that the service requests from the information processing system. Evaluation items are classified into the following categories: availability, completeness, airtightness, responsiveness, scalability, efficiency, and cost. Failure recovery time, availability and duration are classified as availability. Loss rate, theft rate and external connectivity are classified as completeness. Taking out of the area is classified as confidentiality. Responsiveness is classified as responsiveness. Extensibility is classified as extensibility. Air conditioning and power generation are classified as efficiency. The total cost, communication / power cost, and maintenance cost are classified into costs.
  • the failure recovery time indicates the time from when a failure occurs in the data processing device 140, the management server 150, or the network 130 until the service is recovered.
  • the operation rate indicates a ratio of time during which the service is operating in a predetermined period.
  • the duration indicates a time during which communication is possible between the data processing devices 140 and between the terminal 170 and the data processing device 140 and the service can be continuously provided. For example, when the data processing device 140 is operated in a planned energized area where power is not provided for 24 hours 365 days, or when the data processing device 140 mounted in an automobile or the like moves between the communication range and the outside of the communication range, the data processing device 140 Indicates the time that can be continuously operated.
  • the loss rate indicates a probability that data stored in the data processing device 140 is lost. When the same data is stored in a plurality of data processing devices 140, it indicates the probability that data stored in all the data processing devices 140 will be lost.
  • the theft rate indicates the probability that the data stored in the data processing device 140 is stolen by the physical theft of the data processing device 140.
  • the probability that the data stored in one or more data processing devices 140 is stolen is shown.
  • External connectivity refers to the risk that data stored in the data processing device 140 is stolen by connection from an unexpected server or PC such as hacking. External connectivity is evaluated at the level of external network interruption, VPN connection, Internet connection, and the like. When the same data is stored in a plurality of data processing devices 140, the probability that the data stored in one or more data processing devices 140 is stolen is shown.
  • External take-out indicates the level of physical carry-out ease of the data processing device 140. External take-out is evaluated by the installation location of the data processing device 140, for example, indoor / outdoor, building entrance / exit management, and the like.
  • Responsiveness indicates time (RTT including processing delay) until response to a request from the terminal 170 or the data processing device 140.
  • Expandability indicates the number of data processing devices 140 that can be additionally installed under the conditions of existing power supply, communication line, and site area.
  • Air conditioning indicates the operating efficiency of the heat generation / heat removal device of the data processing device 140.
  • Power generation indicates the operating efficiency of the power generation device such as solar power generation of the data processing device 140.
  • the total cost indicates the total of communication / power costs and maintenance costs.
  • the communication / power cost indicates the sum of the cost for communication and the cost for power consumption.
  • the communication cost is calculated from the communication amount and the communication line, and the power cost is calculated from the power consumption.
  • the maintenance cost indicates a cost required for maintenance by the operation manager.
  • the maintenance cost is calculated from the number of replacements of the data processing device 140 required per year and the cost required for the replacement. These values are input in advance by the operations manager.
  • the evaluation items have been described above.
  • the request value is a service requirement requested by each service. That is, it is required that the value of each evaluation item satisfies the required value.
  • the required value includes a target value indicating that it is preferable to satisfy the requirement value and an allowable value indicating that it must be satisfied.
  • the target value and the allowable value in the required value, even if the target value cannot be achieved in the event of an abnormality such as a power outage or disaster, it is possible to make a judgment to reduce some of the quality to the allowable value and satisfy the target value. Even in the case where there is not, control can be performed so as to satisfy the minimum required value.
  • the environmental standard value is a value determined by the surrounding environment where the data processing device 140 is installed.
  • the smaller the environmental standard value the worse the surrounding environment is, and it is difficult to satisfy the required value.
  • the data processing device 140 is more likely to be physically damaged than the stationary data processing device 140, and is stored in that amount.
  • the environmental reference value may be calculated based on the server characteristic information 1700 and the communication characteristic information 1500 in addition to the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
  • each item of the application process column 1305, the processing / conversion column 1306, the transfer column 1307, and the save column 1308, a conditional statement for determining whether or not to execute each process and an action when the condition is satisfied are described.
  • the action includes three types: MUST indicating that the action is to be executed, SHOULD indicating that the action should be executed, and MAY indicating that the action may be executed.
  • the tolerance value of the fault recovery time line is 120 s
  • the environmental standard value is 150 s
  • the transfer condition statement is described as the allowable value is larger than the environmental standard value. It is described that it is MUST to transmit the received data to the device 140 and the data processing device with the smallest communication delay. Since the conditional statement satisfies the condition, the received data is transferred to the data processing apparatus with the smallest communication delay.
  • the application processing column 1305 stores processing contents executed by the application stored in the data processing device 140.
  • a plurality of processes such as process 1 and process 2 are divided and stored in the application process column 1305.
  • the processing / conversion column 1306 stores information indicating statistics / abstraction, partial deletion, integration, division, and encryption.
  • Statistical / abstraction is a process for reducing the amount of data, such as data creation by extending the time interval of time series data such as sensors, data creation by reducing the resolution of image and moving image data and sound quality of audio data.
  • Data statistics and abstraction can reduce the amount of data to be saved and the amount of communication.
  • Partial deletion is to delete a part of confidential data or confidential data. With partial deletion, when data is transmitted outside the country or business base, the portion that needs to be deleted can be deleted and transmitted to meet the regulations of laws and regulations and corporate governance. Integration is a process of integrating similar information.
  • the division is a process of separating data into a plurality of significant partial data. Due to the division, for each partial data, the communication amount is reduced by storing the data in the data processing device 140 that is close to the terminal 170 that is most frequently referred to on the network topology, and when the terminal 170 refers to the partial data. Responsiveness can be improved.
  • Encryption is a process of encrypting data.
  • the transfer column 1307 stores information indicating the transfer destination, priority, time, and route / line type.
  • the transfer destination is an identifier of the data processing device 140 that is the transfer destination when transferring data.
  • the priority is a priority order that determines the order of transfer when transferring a plurality of data.
  • the time indicates the transfer start time when the transfer is performed with time designation.
  • the route / line type indicates a communication route and a line type.
  • the save column 1308 includes abstract save, partial save, and full save.
  • Abstract storage indicates the storage of statistical / abstracted data.
  • Partial storage indicates storage of partially deleted data. Save all indicates that almost all received data is saved.
  • FIG. 7 is a chart showing an example of the service requirement 2200.
  • the service requirement 2200 is managed for each service ID, and stores requirements that each service requests from the distributed processing system.
  • the service requirement 2200 includes a classification column 2201, an evaluation item column 2202, a request level column 2203, and a service ID column 2204 that is an identifier of each service.
  • the request level column 2203 stores a target value and an allowable value for each evaluation item.
  • the target value indicates a value required for optimal operation of the service
  • the allowable value indicates a value required for normal operation of the service.
  • FIG. 8 is a chart showing an example of the processing method information 1900.
  • the processing method information 1900 is managed for each data processing device 140 and indicates a method for processing data received by the data processing device 140.
  • the processing method information 1900 includes a server ID column 1901, a service ID column 1902, an application processing column 1903, a processing / conversion column 1904, a transfer column 1905, and a storage column 1906.
  • the server ID 1901 stores a server identifier.
  • the service ID column 1902 stores service identifiers.
  • the application processing column 1903, the processing / conversion column 1904, the transfer column 1905, and the storage column 1906 include an application processing column 1305, a processing / conversion column 1306, a transfer column 1905, and a storage column 1906 of the processing determination policy information 1300, respectively. Stores a value corresponding to the action specified in.
  • FIG. 9 is a chart showing an example of the processing supportability information 2100.
  • the processing supportability information 2100 is information that is managed for each data processing device 140, and notifies the availability of data processing when the data processing device 140 receives a data processing request from another data processing device 140. Further, it indicates whether or not it is possible to respond to a processing request from another data processing apparatus 140.
  • the processing availability information 2100 includes a server ID column 2101, a service ID column 2102, an application processing column 2103, a processing / conversion column 2104, a transfer column 2105, and a storage column 2106.
  • Each item is the same as the processing method information 1900, and the items other than the server ID column 2101 and the service ID column 2102 describe whether or not it is possible to handle data processing.
  • server characteristic information 1700 and the server internal operation status 2300 held by the server characteristic information storage unit 355 will be described.
  • FIG. 10 is a chart showing an example of the server characteristic information 1700.
  • the server characteristic information 1700 is managed for each data processing device 140 and is used by the data processing device 140 to generate a processing determination policy.
  • the server characteristic information 1700 includes a classification field 1801, an evaluation item field 1802, and a correspondence availability field 1803 for each server ID.
  • the classification includes basic performance, special computing capability, and management attributes. Items are classified into computing capacity and storage capacity included in basic performance, KVS and streaming processing included in special computing capacity, and owner and use included in management attributes.
  • the calculation capability indicates the calculation speed of an arithmetic processing device such as a CPU.
  • the storage unit capacity indicates a capacity in which the storage unit stores data. KVS indicates whether the storage unit is compatible with KVS (Key Value Store).
  • the Streaming process indicates the processing capability for the Streaming process.
  • the server characteristic information 1700 in addition to the basic performance information, the information on the special computing capability is retained, so that the data processing device 140 corresponding to the KVS or Streaming process and the data processing device 140 not corresponding to the data can be mixed. Appropriate processing can be requested between the processing devices 140.
  • the owner indicates the owner of the data processing apparatus 140 or the organization to which the owner belongs.
  • the usage indicates a range of usable users of the data processing apparatus 140, and is classified into single use only, sharing within the same owner, and sharing among different owners.
  • the virtualization apparatus may be used to logically divide the internal resources of the data processing apparatus 140 into a plurality of logical resources and define the owner and usage for each logical resource.
  • FIG. 11 is a chart showing an example of the operation status 2300 in the server.
  • the in-server operating status 2300 is managed for each data processing device 140, and is used when the data processing device 140 generates server behavior information 2700 at the time of state change of the surrounding environment mainly described in the second embodiment.
  • the in-server operating status 2300 indicates the operating status and characteristics of each component device that constitutes the data processing device 140, the influence on the processing capacity and power consumption caused by operating and stopping the component device, and the data processing unit and service. Used to understand the impact on
  • the in-server operating status 2300 includes a configuration device column 2301, an operating status column 2302, a power consumption column 2303, a maximum capacity column 2304, a usage rate column 2305, a stoppage availability column 2306, a stop effect data processing unit column 2307, and a stop status. It has an influence service column 2308.
  • the component device column 2301 stores identifiers of the component elements shown in the physical configuration of the data processing device 140. That is, the component device is an arithmetic processing device, an external storage device, an internal storage device, a communication switching device, a power supply, an emergency power supply, a wireless transmission / reception device, a sensor, an input / output device, a speaker, a drive device, a lamp, a power generation device, or a heat generation /
  • the identifier of the heat removal device is stored.
  • the data processing device 140 includes a plurality of component devices, an identifier for each component device is stored. For example, when three arithmetic processing devices are included, three items of the arithmetic processing device 1, the arithmetic processing device 2, and the arithmetic processing device 3 are stored.
  • the operating status column 2302 stores information indicating the operating status of each component device, and stores information indicating whether the component is operating normally, abnormally, or stopped.
  • the power consumption column 2303 stores information indicating the amount of power consumed by each component device.
  • the maximum capacity column 2304 stores information indicating the maximum capacity that each component device can exhibit.
  • the processing unit stores information indicating the processing capacity, the storage capacity of the external storage device or the internal storage device, the maximum throughput of the communication switching device, the maximum accumulated power of the emergency power supply, and the maximum power generation capacity of the power generation device.
  • the usage rate column 2305 stores a value obtained by dividing the capability used by each component device at the most recent time by the maximum capability. For example, in the arithmetic processing unit, the CPU usage rate or the like.
  • the stop availability column 2306 stores information indicating whether each component device can be stopped. With this information, it is possible to determine a device to be stopped in consideration of services that are affected by stopping the device in the event of a power failure or the like.
  • the influence data processing section field 2307 at the time of stop the identifiers of the constituent devices in the same data processing device 140 that are affected by stopping the constituent devices are stored.
  • the influence service column 2308 at the time of stop an identifier of a service that is affected by stopping the component device is stored.
  • the data processing device 140 holds both the in-server operation status 2300 and the processing determination policy information 1400 at the time of the change in the status of the surrounding environment shown in the second embodiment, thereby providing a service for the status of the data processing device 140 in the surrounding environment. And the influence on the data processing unit can be reduced. In particular, when the amount of power supplied changes, it is possible to reduce power consumption due to operation and stop of the constituent devices of the data processing device 140 while suppressing the influence on the service and the data processing unit as much as possible.
  • FIG. 12 is a chart showing an example of the communication characteristic information 1600.
  • the communication characteristic information 1600 is managed for each data processing device 140, and is used by the data processing device 140 to generate a processing determination policy.
  • the communication characteristic information 1600 indicates the communication characteristics of each section between the data processing apparatuses 140, between the data processing apparatus 140 and the access point 160, and between the data processing apparatus 140 and the management server 150. Instead of the communication characteristic between the data processing device 140 and the access point 160, the communication characteristic between the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170 may be used.
  • Communication characteristic information includes delay, bandwidth, discard rate, communication disconnection, redundancy, and SRPG for each communication path in each section.
  • the delay indicates RTT (Round Trip Time).
  • the bandwidth indicates L4 throughput.
  • the discard rate indicates the packet loss rate.
  • Communication disconnection indicates whether communication is possible. Redundancy indicates the presence or absence of a backup path for failure.
  • SRPG Shared Risk Path Group
  • FIG. 13 is a sequence diagram showing the operation when the data processing device is installed in the present embodiment.
  • a flow of a series of operations when the data processing device 140 is installed will be described, and then a specific example of this operation will be described.
  • one management server 150, three data processing devices 140a to 140c, and two terminals 170a and b will be described as examples.
  • the present invention is not limited to this example, and a plurality of management servers 150, a plurality of data processing devices are used.
  • the following operations are also applied to 140 and a plurality of terminals 170.
  • the data processing apparatus 140a is installed at a certain installation location by an administrator or the like (S101).
  • the installation work in step S101 includes a physical connection with a power source and a communication line and a work for turning on a power switch.
  • the data processing device 140a is communicatively connected to the management server 150.
  • the data processing device 140a determines the communication connection destination based on the IP address or URL stored in the control data storage unit at the time of shipment from the factory, and is secured by IP-SEC, SSL, or the like. Establish communication.
  • the data processing device 140a measures the state of the surrounding environment and the characteristics and state of the data processing device 140a (S102).
  • the state of the surrounding environment measured in step S102 is a measurable physical quantity and IP address of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
  • These ambient environment states are measured by the measurement unit 391 of the data processing device 140a using the sensor 511.
  • the data processing apparatus 140 includes the measurement unit 391 and the sensor, so that the data processing apparatus 140 can acquire the installation environment of the data processing apparatus 140 without the administrator inputting the installation environment. In addition, it is not necessary for the SIer having specialized knowledge to perform installation and replacement work of the data processing device 140.
  • the characteristics and state of the data processing device 140a measured in step S102 are server characteristic information 1700, server internal operation status 2300, and communication characteristic information 1500.
  • the understanding of the characteristics and status information of the data processing device 140a can be realized by storing a server for the data center or a communication management program in the data processing device 140a.
  • the data processing device 140a periodically measures the state of the surrounding environment and the characteristics and state of the data processing device 140a in order to grasp the latest state, and updates each information. In regular measurement, instead of measuring all values, measure only a part of the values, and when the measured values change more than a certain value, measure other values. Also good. As a result, the number of sensors that are always operating can be reduced, and the power consumption of the data processing device 140a can be reduced.
  • the data processing device 140a holds information indicating a combination of items that need constant measurement. For example, regarding the position, speed, and acceleration values, if the speed is measured, the position can be estimated by integrating the speed, and the acceleration can be estimated by differentiating the speed. Information is measured and the position and acceleration are not always measured.
  • the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of the server ID, IP address, and measurable physical quantity of the surrounding environment state information 1000 grasped in step S102, and the surrounding environment state information template 1100, service requirement 2200, and processing The decision policy information 1300 is requested (S103).
  • the data processing device 140a may notify the management server 150 of the characteristics and status of the data processing device 140a grasped in step S102 in addition to the status of the surrounding environment.
  • the management server 150 transmits the peripheral environment state information template 1100, the service requirement 2200, and the processing determination policy information 1300 suitable for the peripheral environment state received in step S103 to the data processing device 140a (S104).
  • the value of the surrounding environment state information template 1100 may be created by an administrator or obtained from a website.
  • the request value and environment standard value fields are blank, and a conditional statement and an action for each process are stored in each of the application process, processing / conversion, transfer, and save items.
  • Conditional statements and actions are entered in advance by the administrator.
  • Some information of the surrounding environment state information template 1100 may be obtained from a WEB site that is disclosed through the Internet.
  • the data processing device 140a receives the disaster-related information, security / management system, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information of the surrounding environment state information 1000 from the surrounding environment state information template 1100 received in step S104. Is acquired (S105). Specifically, an IP address of the surrounding environment state information 1000 and a row value in which each column of the measurable physical quantity is the same as the condition value of the surrounding environment state information template 1100 is acquired. Each column of the environmental characteristic ID and the estimated value of the acquired row is the environmental characteristic ID of the row in which the server ID of the surrounding environment state information 1000 is its own server ID, and the security / management system, law. Stored in each column of regulation, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information.
  • the data processing device 140a can grasp the information on the security / management system, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information that are difficult to measure, and determines the data processing method based on these information. can do.
  • the data processing device 140a notifies the data processing devices 140b and c of the status information 1000, the server characteristic information 1700, and the communication characteristic information 1500 created in step S105.
  • the data processing devices 140b and c notify the data processing device 140a of the status information 1000, server characteristic information 1700, and communication characteristic information 1500 of the surrounding environment held by the data processing devices 140b and c (S107).
  • the data processing apparatus 140a manages the surrounding environment state information 1000, server characteristic information 1700, and communication characteristic information 1500 received in step S107, and manages the surrounding environment state information 1000, server characteristic information 1700, and communication characteristic information 1500. Add to.
  • the data processing device 140a can determine the data processing method based on the information of the other data processing devices 140b and c.
  • step S106 and step S107 may be performed periodically, or the data processing apparatus 140 may change the processing method to the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment, the server characteristic information 1700, and the communication characteristic information 1500. You may perform when a change is measured. By updating the surrounding environment state information 1000 and the like in this way, data processing based on the latest information is always possible.
  • step S106 and step S107 there is a possibility that the communication amount increases and the communication line is compressed because all the data processing devices 140 communicate with each other.
  • the processing load on the data processing device 140 may increase and adversely affect other data processing. Therefore, the data processing device 140 can suppress an increase in communication amount and an increase in processing load by appropriately limiting the data processing devices 140 to which information should be notified.
  • the data processing device 140 specifies the usage and owner of the management attribute whose ServerID of the server characteristic information 1700 is the identifier of its own data processing device. To grasp.
  • the ServerID of the column with the same owner becomes the data processing device 140 to which the data processing device 140 should notify.
  • the data processing devices 140 in the vicinity should notify each other from the viewpoint of the network topology. From the viewpoint of the network topology, the data processing device 140 that exists in the vicinity of the data processing device 140 is the data processing device 140 with a small delay from the data processing device 140 in the communication characteristic information 1500.
  • the data processing device 140a generates processing method information 1900 that is information for determining the data processing method (S108).
  • processing method information 1900 is information for determining the data processing method (S108).
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart for generating processing method information in step S109 of FIG.
  • the service characteristic / determination unit 307 refers to the service requirement 2200 and calculates a request value of the process determination policy information 1300 (S121).
  • the service characteristic / determination unit 307 generates processing determination policy information 1300 by the number of service identifiers described in the service ID of the service requirement, and availability, completeness, confidentiality, and responsiveness for each service ID.
  • the target value and the permissible value are grasped for each of the extensibility and the cost, and added to the target value and the permissible value of the request value of the process determination policy information 1300.
  • the surrounding environment state generation / determination unit 301 refers to the surrounding environment state information 1000 to calculate the environment reference value of the processing determination policy information 1300.
  • the surrounding environment state information 1000 calculates the environment reference value of the processing determination policy information 1300.
  • the environmental standard value for failure recovery time is calculated as a function of infrastructure recovery time and administrator skills. This corresponds to an infrastructure recovery time that indicates the average time to recovery when a failure occurs in the power infrastructure or communication infrastructure, and an employee when the power cord is disconnected or a device fails This is because it depends on the time until completion.
  • the function for calculating the environmental reference value of the failure recovery time can be calculated by, for example, a simple sum.
  • the environmental standard value of the operation rate is calculated by dividing the difference between the total time of one year (365 days x 24 hours) and the service stop time of one year by the total time of one year.
  • the service stop time includes a stop time due to a failure caused by physical contact with the data processing device 140, a stop time due to a deterioration failure of the data processing device 140, a stop time due to a disaster, and a stop time due to theft or unexpected accident.
  • the stop time due to a failure due to physical contact of the data processing device 140 is calculated by the product of the contact failure average time and the contact failure frequency.
  • the contact failure average time is calculated by the manager skill in the same manner as the contact failure recovery time.
  • the frequency of contact failure refers to the attitude of the data processing device 140 indicating the probability of failure due to falling by being placed in an unreasonable posture, the speed and acceleration indicating the failure probability due to a collision, etc., and the probability that the data processing device 140 will fatigue due to vibration. Calculated as the sum of the vibrations shown.
  • the stop time due to the deterioration failure of the data processing device 140 is calculated by the product of the deterioration failure average time and the deterioration failure frequency.
  • the average degradation failure time is calculated by the manager skill in the same manner as the failure recovery time.
  • the deterioration failure frequency is set to a low value in advance when the installation location is indoors, and is set to a high value when the installation location is outdoors.
  • the data processor 140 determines whether the data processor 140 is installed indoors or outdoors. For example, if the measured position (background / altitude) is directly below the equator, the season of the region is summer, and the temperature and humidity of the region show significantly different values, they are installed indoors. It is judged. Further, when the measured sound is a sound that is not the pitch of the server fan or the air conditioning, and the volume is a certain value or more, it may be determined that the sound is installed outdoors.
  • the information on the area necessary for determining the installation location can be input by the administrator of the data processing device 140 at the time of factory shipment or obtained from a website that publishes weather and climate information via the Internet.
  • the frequency of deterioration failure when outdoors is a function of electromagnetic waves, dust, temperature, and humidity, and is calculated by, for example, a simple sum of these.
  • Disaster downtime is calculated as the product of disaster recovery average time and disaster frequency.
  • the disaster recovery average time is calculated by the administrator skill in the same manner as the disaster recovery time.
  • the damage frequency is a value of the damage frequency in the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
  • the outage time due to theft or unforeseen accident is calculated by the product of the average recovery time during theft / accident and the frequency of theft / accident.
  • the average recovery time for theft / accident is calculated by the administrator skill in the same way as the theft / accident recovery time.
  • Theft / accident frequency is calculated as the simple sum of the product of security and entrance / exit management and the product of portability and administrator ethics.
  • the product of security and entrance / exit management indicates the probability of theft by an outsider
  • the product of portability and administrator ethics indicates the probability of the data processing device 140 being lost or stolen by the administrator.
  • the environmental reference value of the duration is calculated by a function of the power infrastructure, the power infrastructure, and the communication infrastructure in order to indicate the time during which the infrastructure can be operated continuously. For example, it is calculated by multiplying the minimum value of the power infrastructure and the communication infrastructure by a constant.
  • the environmental standard value of the loss rate is calculated by a simple sum of the theft / accident frequency, the data deterioration failure frequency, and the contact failure frequency.
  • the environmental standard value of the theft rate is calculated by the theft / accident frequency. That is, it is calculated as a simple sum of the product of security and entrance / exit management and the product of portability and manager ethics.
  • the environmental standard value of external connectivity indicates a threat that data is hacked in the network 130, and is calculated by the product of security and communication infrastructure. This is because security correlates with the probability that hacking is attempted, and the communications infrastructure correlates with robustness against hacking of the distributed processing system when hacking is attempted.
  • the environmental standard value taken out of the area is calculated by the product of manager ethics and entrance / exit management. This is because the manager ethics correlates with the high willingness to take out the data processing apparatus 140 to the outside, and the entrance / exit management correlates with the ease of taking out to the outside.
  • the responsiveness is determined by communication characteristics and server characteristics, and does not depend on the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140, so the environmental reference value is zero.
  • the environmental standard value of scalability is the number of data processing devices 140 that can be additionally installed, it is the minimum value of surplus site area, surplus power, and surplus line bandwidth.
  • the environmental standard value for air conditioning is calculated based on the attitude and wind direction of the data processing device 140.
  • the maximum value is calculated in the posture where the direction of the exhaust heat of the data processing device and the wind direction are the same, and the minimum value is calculated in the reverse direction at 180 ° C.
  • the environmental standard value for power generation indicates light intensity when the data processing device 140 generates solar power, and indicates wind power when generating power by wind power generation.
  • the environmental standard value of the total cost is blank.
  • Communication / power costs are calculated as the simple sum of these because they correlate with the power and communication infrastructures.
  • the communication price and power price of the installed area may be obtained from the website.
  • Maintenance cost is calculated as the product of business trip costs and business trip frequency.
  • the business trip cost is calculated by a function of the position (background / altitude) of the data processing device 140 and the position of the maintenance base. This is because, when the data processing device 140 is installed in a remote area or the like, a business trip cost for maintenance becomes a dominant term.
  • the function is calculated by the product of a simple physical distance or a road or travel time and the unit price of a business trip employee. Since the business trip frequency correlates with the loss rate and the operation rate, these values are used.
  • the environmental reference value When calculating the environmental reference value, it may be calculated based on the communication characteristic information 1500, the server characteristic information 1700, or the server internal operation status 2300 in addition to the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment. Thereby, in addition to the state of the surrounding environment where the data processing device 140 is installed, it is possible to select the data processing method and the storage location in consideration of the communication status of the network 130, the characteristics and the operating status of the data processing device 140. It becomes.
  • the control arbitration unit 302 calculates processing method information 1900 with reference to the processing determination policy information 1300. Specifically, the conditional statement described in each column of application processing, processing / conversion, transfer, and storage of the processing determination policy information 1300 is referred to, and the required value and the environmental standard value are set in the conditional statement in each evaluation item row. It is determined whether or not the above is satisfied. Then, the application processing, processing / conversion, transfer, and saving actions of the column satisfying the conditional statement in one or more evaluation item rows are all grasped.
  • the control arbitration unit 302 stores its own data processing identifier in the server ID column 1901 of the processing method information 1900, and stores the service identifier grasped in step S121 in the service ID column 1902. Further, the recognized application processing, processing / conversion, transfer, and saving actions are stored in the application processing column 1903, the processing / conversion column 1904, the transfer column 1905, and the storage column 1906 of the processing method information 1900. The details of step S108 in FIG. 13 have been described above.
  • the data processing device 140a deletes the portion of the processing method information in which the action is MAY from the processing method information 1900 generated in step S108, and transmits it to the data processing devices 140b and 140c.
  • the data processing devices 140b and 140c determine whether the processing included in the processing method information notified in step S109 is possible (S110). Specifically, the control arbitration unit 302 of each data processing device 140 receives the service ID of the row in which the server ID of the processing method information 1900 received in step S109 is the identifier of its own data processing device, application processing, and processing. The action of each column of conversion, transfer, and storage is grasped, the identifier of the own data processing device 140 is stored in the server ID column 2102 of the processing supportability information 2100, and the grasped service ID is stored in the service ID column 2102 .
  • the control arbitration unit 302 for the grasped action, out of the processing method information 1900 managed by itself, the server ID corresponds to the identifier of its own data processing device 140 and the service ID is grasped in this step. Is included in the line. Then, “possible” indicating that correspondence is possible is stored in the added row of the processing availability information 2100 and the column including the action is stored, and “impossible” indicating that it is not possible to correspond to the column not included. Is stored.
  • the data processing devices 140b and 140c transmit processing supportability information 2100 to the data processing device 140a (S111).
  • step S110 and step S111 if all the data processing devices 140 mutually notify other data processing devices 140, there is a possibility that the communication amount increases and the communication line is compressed. In addition, the processing load on the data processing device 140 may increase and adversely affect other data processing. Therefore, the data processing device 140 may limit the data processing device 140 to which the above information should be notified to a specific data processing device. For example, it may be limited to the data processing device described in the server ID of the processing method information 1900.
  • the data processing device 140a refers to the process availability information 2100 received in step S111 and updates the determination process information (S112). Specifically, in the process availability information 2100, the server ID and service ID of the row where “impossible” is stored, and the process item in the same column are grasped, and in the process decision policy information 1300 corresponding to the service ID, Except for the action that is “impossible” of the grasped server ID, the processing of steps S108 to S111 is performed again for the action portion. After being repeatedly executed a plurality of times, if “not possible” is notified in step S111, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 that processing is impossible.
  • the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of the processing method information 1900 (S112).
  • step S112 if the processing method information 1900 is notified each time, the communication amount may become enormous or the processing load on the management server 150 may be compressed. Therefore, the processing method information 1900 is periodically and collectively notified. You may make it do.
  • the data processing device 140a stops the internal components and continues operation with the emergency power source 506. An operation for extending the operable time will be described. At this time, it is possible to grasp the constituent devices inside the data processing device 140a to be stopped from the average blackout time and prevent the data processing device 140a from completely stopping.
  • the data processing device 140a refers to the infrastructure recovery time in the status information 1000 of the surrounding environment, grasps the time until recovery when the infrastructure such as a power failure stops, and the server internal operation status The amount of surplus power that is not used is grasped from the maximum capacity and usage rate of the 2300 emergency power supply line. Furthermore, the data processing device 140a calculates the total value of the power consumption column for a certain combination of components in the data processing device 140a, and calculates a value obtained by dividing the surplus power amount by the total power consumption amount. This is grasped as the continuous time. This is grasped for a combination of a plurality of component devices, and the continuable time is calculated.
  • This continuable time is a time during which the data processing device 140a can continue to operate with surplus power from the emergency power supply 506 after a power failure occurs. Note that by dividing the surplus power amount by the value obtained by subtracting the power generation amount by the power generation device 516 from the total power consumption value, it is possible to calculate the continuable time when the power generation amount is also taken into consideration.
  • the power supply to the data processing device 140-1 is stopped due to a power failure or the like, which will be described later, and the data processing device 140-1 stops the internal components and can continue operation with the emergency power supply 506.
  • the data processing device 140-1 stops the internal components and can continue operation with the emergency power supply 506.
  • the data processing device 140-1 vibrates, or when the data processing device 140-1 is mounted outdoors, the data processing device 140-1 is installed. -1 explains the case of dust.
  • the data processing device 140a that constantly detects vibration and dust performs arithmetic processing, An operation in which the calculation processing result is transmitted to the data processing device 140b in which vibration or dust is not detected and the data processing device 140b stores the data will be described.
  • step S102 the data processing device 140a measures vibration and dust as state measurement processing of the surrounding environment, and stores it in the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
  • step S103 the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of the status information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
  • step S104 the management server 150 sends the processing determination policy information 1300.
  • the processing determination policy information 1300 if the environmental reference value exceeds the allowable value in the row of the loss rate of each column of storage ( Condition statement), the data storage unit 385 stores the content of transferring (action) to another data processing device without storing the data.
  • the environmental standard value exceeds the shared value (condition) in the row of the loss rate in the transfer column, it is stored as transferred to the data processing device with the smallest communication delay (action), and the vibration row is also stored. Store similar conditions and actions.
  • step S122 of step S108 the data processing device 140a determines the environmental reference value of the loss rate, the above-mentioned theft / accident frequency, and data degradation. Calculate with the simple sum of failure frequency and contact failure frequency. For example, the data deterioration failure frequency is calculated to be proportional to the vibration, and the deterioration failure frequency is calculated to be proportional to the dust.
  • the data processing device 140a that detects large vibrations and a large amount of dust performs arithmetic processing, transmits the calculation processing results to the data processing device 140b in which vibration and dust are not detected, and the data processing device 140b transmits the data. save. Thereby, when the external storage device 502 of the data processing device 140a is damaged, it is possible to reduce a risk of losing data stored in the data processing device 140a.
  • the data analysis location is determined in consideration of the theft risk of the data processing device 140.
  • the data processing device 140a is installed outdoors in an area with poor security. In this case, it is necessary to reduce the risk that the data processing device 140a is stolen and the data stored in the external storage device 502 of the data processing device 140a is leaked.
  • the operation in this case is the same as the operation in the case where data is lost due to the vibration or dust described above, except for the following points.
  • the data processing device 140 refers to the value indicating the security of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment, determines the security of the installation location, and depends on the position (background / altitude) luminous intensity, volume, pitch, temperature, humidity, and season. Determine whether the installation location is indoor or outdoor.
  • the data processing device 140 calculates the theft rate based on information indicating safety and indoor / outdoor.
  • the indoor / outdoor determination method and the theft rate are calculated by the processing of FIG.
  • the data processing device 140a is installed outdoors in an area with poor security, the data is stored in the data processing device 140 other than the data processing device 140a instead of the external storage device 502 of the data processing device 140a. . As a result, the risk of data leakage can be reduced.
  • the terminal 170a generates data (S201).
  • the data generated in step S201 includes sensor measurement values and images.
  • the terminal 170a transmits the data generated in step S201 to the data processing device 140a (S202).
  • the data processing device 140a grasps the service ID by referring to the header information such as TCP or HTTP of the data received in step S202, and the server ID of the processing method information 1900 is the identifier of its own data processing device, Of the actions described in the line corresponding to the service ID ascertained by the service ID, the action that is MUST or SHOULD be executed (S203).
  • the data processing device 140a transfers the data and requests data processing from the other data processing device 140b or 140c (S204).
  • the data processing device 140b or 140c to which the data has been transferred in step S204 refers to the header information such as TCP or HTTP of the received data to grasp the service ID, and the server ID of the processing method information 1900 is its own data.
  • the action that is MUST or SHOULD be executed S205).
  • the data processing device 140b or 140c transmits the processing result of the data processing executed in step S205 to the data processing device 140a (S206). Then, the data processing device 140a stores the processing result received in step S206 (S207). Then, the data processing device 140a transmits a processing completion notification to the terminal 170a (S208).
  • the processing completion notification from the data processing device 140a to the terminal 170a may be transmitted before and after step S203.
  • the terminal 170a requests data to be referred to the data processing device 140a (S211). Then, the data processing device 140a confirms whether or not the data requested in step S211 is held, and if so, proceeds to step S216 and transmits reference data to the terminal 170a (S216). If not, check where the data is stored.
  • the location where the data is stored can be grasped by the name resolution function that associates the data name with the identifier of the data processing device in which the data is stored. Even if each data processing device 140 has the name resolution function, the representative data processing device 140 or the management server 150 has a data name and data stored by each data processing device 140 by processing such as data lookup. The identifier of the data processing apparatus to be processed may be inquired.
  • the data processing device 140a transmits a data request to the data processing device 140b or the data processing device 140c ascertained by the name resolution function (S213).
  • the data request in step S213 includes the data name.
  • the data processing device 140b or the data processing device 140c that has received the data request in step S213 refers to the requested data. Then, the data processing device 140b or the data processing device 140c transmits the data acquired in step S214 to the data processing device 140a (S215).
  • the data processing device 140a transmits the data received in step S215 to the terminal 170a (S216).
  • the data processing device 140 performs data processing on application programs required when the data generated by the terminal 170 is processed.
  • the data processing device 140 determines the processing contents in the data processing device based on information such as the image, vibration, sound, dust, etc. of the surrounding environment of the data processing device, and by deploying necessary applications and data
  • An environment for executing data processing suitable for the state of the surrounding environment where the data processing apparatus is installed can be constructed.
  • This embodiment has the same configuration as the hardware configuration of the information processing system of the first embodiment. Further, the present embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the data processing device 140 detects a change in the state of the surrounding environment and changes the data processing method, storage location, and the like.
  • step S104 in FIG. 13 the management server 150 performs processing determination policy information 1300, state information template 1100 of the surrounding environment, and service requirements 2200.
  • the processing decision policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes is transmitted to the data processing device 140a.
  • the data processing device 140 determines the data processing method in steps S203, S205, and S207 in FIG. In this case, instead of making a determination with reference to the processing method information 1900, the determination is made with reference to the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, which will be described later.
  • the overall configuration of the information processing system, the physical configuration of the data processing device, and the logical configuration of the data processing device are the same as those in the first embodiment.
  • the surrounding environment state information storage unit 351 constituting the control data storage unit 350 of the data processing device 140 includes the processing determination policy information 1400 when the surrounding environment state changes, and the surrounding environment state change.
  • the processing method information 2600 at the time and the server behavior information 2700 at the time of the state change of the surrounding environment are different.
  • processing determination policy information 1400 at the time of change in the state of the surrounding environment processing method information 2600 at the time of change in the state of the surrounding environment, and server behavior information 2700 at the time of change in the state of the surrounding environment held by the surrounding environment state information storage unit 351 Will be described.
  • FIG. 17 is a chart showing an example of the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes.
  • the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes is used to determine the behavior method when the data processing device 140 changes the state of the surrounding environment.
  • the process determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes includes a classification column 1401, an evaluation item column 1402, a variation value column 103, a variation threshold column 1404, and a behavior method column 1405.
  • the data processing device 140 When determining the data processing method, the data processing device 140 corresponds to a row in the processing determination policy information 1400 at the time of the change in the state of the surrounding environment in which the fluctuation value indicating the change in the state of the surrounding environment exceeds the fluctuation threshold.
  • the behavior method of the data processing device 140 is determined with reference to the conditional statements and actions described in the behavior method column.
  • the fluctuation threshold value and behavior method of the processing judgment policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes are input by the administrator of the data processing device 140 at the time of factory shipment and managed by the management server 150. Then, when the data processing device 140 is installed, the data is transmitted from the management server 150 to the data processing device 140a in step S104.
  • the classification column 1401 stores measurable physical quantities and communication characteristics.
  • the measurable physical quantity is obtained by adding a button to each item of the measurable physical quantity in the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
  • the button indicates ON / OFF of a button or switch provided in the data processing device 140.
  • the communication characteristics indicate the communication characteristics of the network 130 or the network connecting the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170. Communication characteristics are classified into three types: UPLINK disconnection, DOWN link disconnection, UPLINK congestion, DOWNLINK congestion, and address change.
  • the UPLINK disconnection indicates that a communication failure or the like has occurred in the network 130 and the data processing device 140 can no longer communicate with other data processing devices 140.
  • UPLINK congestion indicates that the communication quality between the data processing apparatuses 140 has deteriorated, and specifically indicates that the communication delay has increased or the bandwidth has decreased.
  • UPLINK disconnection and UPLINK congestion can be detected between data processing devices 140 by Ping or the like.
  • the DOWN link disconnection indicates that a communication failure or the like has occurred in the network 130 connecting the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170, and the data processing device 140 cannot communicate with the terminal 170.
  • UPLINK congestion indicates that the communication quality between the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170 has deteriorated, specifically, the communication delay has increased or the bandwidth has decreased.
  • the address change indicates that the addresses of the data processing devices 140-2 to 140-n have been changed.
  • the fluctuation value column 1403 stores the amount of change of each value of the evaluation item from a certain time ago.
  • the fluctuation threshold value column 1404 stores a threshold value for determining whether or not the change of the fluctuation value is significant, and is set by the administrator in consideration of the service requirement 2200 before shipping the data processing apparatus 140 to the factory.
  • the behavior method column 1405 includes security ensuring, data duplication, transfer, data storage, device activation, posture change, sound generation, lighting, measurement, power generation, heat generation / heat removal, and the like.
  • Each column of the behavior method stores a conditional statement for determining whether to execute each process and an action when the condition is satisfied.
  • the behavior method is set by the administrator in consideration of the service requirement 2200 before the data processing apparatus 140 is shipped from the factory.
  • Securing security is an operation to ensure security, including data lock, encryption, and enhanced authentication.
  • Data lock indicates that the terminal 170 or another data processing device 140 rejects the reference when requesting the data reference. Thereby, when the data processing apparatus 140 is physically stolen, the risk that the data stored in the data storage unit 385 of the data processing apparatus 140 leaks can be reduced.
  • Encryption refers to an operation of encrypting information stored in the data storage unit 385 of the data processing device 140 or increasing the level of encryption. As a result, it is possible to reduce the load on the arithmetic processing unit of the data processing device and reduce the processing delay by keeping the encryption with a low processing load during normal times, and the data storage unit of the data processing device 140 even when stolen The risk that the data stored in 385 leaks can be reduced.
  • Authentication enhancement indicates that the authentication level required from the terminal 170 when the terminal 170 requests data reference is increased. As a result, similarly to the effect of encryption, it is possible to reduce the load on the electronic residual processing device during normal operation, reduce the processing delay, and reduce the risk of data leakage during theft.
  • Data replication is an operation to increase service availability, and includes data replication and deletion.
  • the duplication means that the data processing device 140 duplicates data stored in the external storage device 502 to another external storage device 502 in its own data processing device 140 or is external to another data processing device 140. It indicates that the data is copied to the storage device 502. Deletion refers to an operation of deleting replicated data.
  • Transfer indicates an operation of transferring data received from the terminal 170 or the data processing device 140 to another data processing device 140 for the purpose of data processing proxy or data replication.
  • the transfer includes a transfer destination, a priority, and a route / line type. Each item is the same as the transfer item of the process determination policy information 1300.
  • Data storage includes storage and deletion. Saving indicates saving the data held by the data processing device 140, and deleting indicates deleting the data.
  • the device activation indicates that the physical device inside the data processing device 140 is activated or stopped in order to reduce power consumption, and includes activation and deactivation.
  • the start indicates that the physical device of the data processing device is started, and the stop indicates that the physical device is stopped.
  • the attitude change indicates an operation for the data processing device 140 to change the movement or attitude, and includes movement and rotation.
  • the movement indicates that the data processing device 140 moves forward or backward, and the rotation indicates that the data processing device 140 rotates.
  • the pronunciation indicates an operation for generating an alarm sound or sound for the data processing device 140 to transmit an alarm to the surroundings or to communicate with an administrator or a user of the data processing device 140.
  • Lighting indicates an operation of lighting a lamp to notify the administrator or user of the data processing device 140 that the data processing device 140 has changed the processing method in accordance with a change in the state of its surrounding environment.
  • Measurement indicates an operation in which the measurement unit 391 of the data processing device 140 performs measurement using the sensor 511 that is normally stopped in order to grasp the details of the state information of the surrounding environment.
  • Power generation indicates an operation of generating power by operating the power generation device 516 when the remaining amount of the emergency power source 506 of the data processing device 140 decreases or when the supplied power is stopped.
  • Heat generation / heat removal indicates an operation of generating heat or removing heat in order to keep the internal temperature in an appropriate temperature range when the internal temperature of the data processing device 140 approaches a threshold value indicating an appropriate temperature range.
  • FIG. 18 is a chart showing an example of processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes.
  • the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes is managed for each data processing device 140 and manages the method for processing the data received by the data processing device 140.
  • the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes includes a server ID field 2601, a service ID field 2602, a security ensuring field 2603, a data replication field 2604, a transfer field 2605, and a data storage field 2606. Is done.
  • the server ID column 2601 stores service identifiers.
  • the service ID column 2602 stores service identifiers.
  • the items of the security ensuring column 2603, the data replication column 2604, the transfer column 2605, and the data storage column 2606 are the same as the security assurance, data replication, transfer, and data storage of the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, respectively.
  • the value of is stored.
  • the value stored in each column is an action defined in the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes.
  • FIG. 19 is a chart showing an example of the server behavior information 2700 when the state of the surrounding environment changes.
  • the server behavior information 2700 at the time of a change in the state of the surrounding environment is managed for each data processing device 140, and manages a method for processing data received by the data processing device 140.
  • the server behavior information 2700 at the time of a change in the state of the surrounding environment includes a server ID column 2701, a service ID column 2702, an apparatus activation column 2703, an attitude change column 2704, a sound generation column 2705, a lighting column 2706, and a measurement column. 2707, a power generation column 2708, and a heat generation / heat removal column 2709.
  • service identifiers are stored in the server ID column 2701.
  • the service ID column 2702 stores service identifiers.
  • the apparatus activation of the processing judgment policy information 1400 when the surrounding environment changes state Information similar to posture change, sound generation, lighting, measurement, power generation, heat generation / heat removal is stored.
  • the information stored in each column is an action defined in the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes.
  • FIG. 20 is a sequence diagram showing the operation when the data processing device is installed in the present embodiment. First, a flow of a series of operations when the data processing device 140 is installed will be described, and then a specific example of this operation will be described.
  • step S301 and step S302 are the same processing as step S101 and step S102 of FIG. 13 of the first embodiment, respectively, description thereof will be omitted.
  • step S103 the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of the server ID, IP address, and measurable physical quantity of the surrounding environment state information 1000 grasped in step S302, and the surrounding environment state information template 1100, service The requirement 2200, the processing determination policy information 1300, and the processing determination policy information 1400 when the surrounding environment changes are requested.
  • the data processing device 140a may notify the management server 150 of the characteristics and status of the data processing device 140a grasped in the sequence 4020 in addition to the status of the surrounding environment.
  • the management server 150 the surrounding environment state information template 1100 suitable for the surrounding environment state information 1000 received in step S303, the service requirement 2200, the processing judgment policy information 1300, and the processing judgment policy information when the surrounding environment state changes 1400 is transmitted to the data processing device 140a.
  • the request value and the environment reference value are blank, and a conditional statement and an action are included in each item of application process, processing / conversion, transfer, and storage. Conditional statements and actions are set in advance by the administrator.
  • the variation value is blank, the value is stored in the variation threshold, and the conditional statement and action are stored in the behavior method.
  • Conditional statements and actions are set in advance by the administrator.
  • some information of the surrounding environment state information template 1100 may be created by acquiring information from a public WEB site.
  • step S305 Since the process in step S305 is the same as the process in step S105 in FIG. 13 of the first embodiment, a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the operation at the time of installation ends, and the operation shown in FIG. 16 when the terminal 170 of the first embodiment refers to data and the operation of FIG. 15 when the terminal 170 generates data are started.
  • the Hereinafter, an operation when the data processing device 140a detects a change in the state of the surrounding environment will be described.
  • step S306 the data processing device 5520 detects a change in the state of the surrounding environment. Specifically, the measurement unit 391 of the data processing device 140a periodically measures a part of the measurable physical quantity of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment by the sensor 511. In addition, the surrounding environment state generation / determination unit 301 calculates a difference from a part of the measurable physical quantity before a certain time, and uses the difference to change the processing determination policy information 1400 when the surrounding environment changes. Insert into value. The surrounding environment state generation / determination unit 301 detects that the fluctuation value exceeds the fluctuation threshold in any one or more lines. If a change in the state of the surrounding environment is detected, the process proceeds to step S307. If not detected, step S306 is performed again after a predetermined time.
  • the data processing device 5520 measures the state of the surrounding environment in detail (S307). Specifically, the measurement unit 391 of the data processing device 140a measures all or a part of the measurable physical quantity of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment that has not been measured in step S306. Then, the surrounding environment state generation / determination unit 301 calculates a difference from a part of the measurable physical quantity before a certain time, and uses the difference to change the processing determination policy information 1400 when the surrounding environment changes. Insert into value. The surrounding environment state generation / determination unit 301 detects that the fluctuation value exceeds the fluctuation threshold in any one or more lines.
  • the data processing device 140 can achieve both accurate determination by detailed measurement of state changes in the surrounding environment and power consumption reduction. If it is necessary for the data processing device 140 to change the processing content promptly, all the measurable physical quantities may be measured in step S306 without executing the processing in step S307.
  • step S305 and step S306 may be omitted.
  • the data processing device 140a generates processing method information 2600 when the environment changes and server behavior information 2700 when the environment changes, which is information for determining the data processing method (S309). Details of the processing in step S309 will be described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart for generating processing method information in step S309 of FIG.
  • the control arbitration unit 302 refers to the service ID having a high processing priority and the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment corresponding to the service ID changes. Processing method information 2600 at the time of state change is calculated (S321). Specifically, the control arbitration unit 302 refers to the conditional statement stored in each column of the information behavior method of the process determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, and changes the fluctuation value in the row of each evaluation item. It is determined whether the variation threshold satisfies the conditional statement. Then, the control arbitration unit 302 grasps all actions that satisfy the conditional statement.
  • the control arbitration unit 302 stores its own data processing identifier in the server ID column 2601 of the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, and stores the service identifier grasped above in the service ID column 2602. Also, actions for ensuring security, data duplication, transfer, and data storage are added to the security ensuring column 2603, data replication column 2604, transfer column 2605, and data storage column 2606 of the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes. To do.
  • control arbitration unit 302 determines whether the constituent devices of the data processing device 140 are operating or stopped (S322). Specifically, the control arbitration unit 302 stores its own data processing identifier in the server ID column 2701 of the processing method 2700 when the surrounding environment changes, and adds the service identifier grasped in step S321 to the service ID column 2702. , Device start-up, posture change, sound generation, lighting, measurement, power generation, heat generation / heat removal of server behavior information 2700 at the time of state change of surrounding environment, device start-up, posture change, sounding, lighting, measurement, power generation, heat generation -Add heat removal action.
  • the device activation action directly affects data processing such as data processing, data processing control, data storage, and communication, and the like.
  • Arithmetic processing device 501, external storage device 502, internal storage device 503, communication switching device 504 When the wireless transmission / reception device 507 is stopped, refer to whether or not the server operating status 2300 can be stopped. If each device cannot be stopped, it is determined that the device is not stopped. If the device can be stopped, the service ID indicated in the service that is affected at the time of stop is further grasped, and the service requirement 2200 corresponding to the service ID is referred to. . As a result of referring to the service requirement 2200, even when each device is stopped, it is determined that the device is stopped if the maximum allowable value of the service requirement is satisfied.
  • the component device to be stopped is selected so that the product of the total power consumption of the component devices to be stopped and the infrastructure recovery time is smaller than the surplus power amount.
  • the data processing device 140 can prevent the surplus power of the emergency power supply included in the data processing device 140 from being used up until the supply power is stopped and the power is restored.
  • control arbitration unit 302 determines whether or not the processing of step S321 and step S322 has been performed on all service IDs (S323). If it is determined in step S323 that implementation has been completed for all service IDs, the control arbitration unit 302 ends the process. On the other hand, when it is determined that the implementation has not been completed for all the service IDs, the control arbitration unit 302 repeats the processes after step S321. The details of step S309 in FIG. 20 have been described above.
  • the data processing device 140a transmits the processing method information 2600 at the time of environment change generated in step S309 to the data processing devices 140b and 140c (S310).
  • the data processing device 140a may transmit a variation value of the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state information of the surrounding environment changes.
  • the data processing devices 140b and 140c can grasp the state change of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140a, and the data processing method and the server behavior method in consideration of the information of the data processing device 140a. Can be judged.
  • step S310 determines whether or not the processing notified in step S310 is possible (S311).
  • the method for determining whether processing is possible in step S311 is the same as step S110 in FIG. 13 of the first embodiment, and a description thereof is omitted.
  • processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes may be used.
  • the data processing devices 140b and 140c transmit the information indicating whether or not the processing request can be handled generated in step S311 to the data processing device 140a (S312).
  • step S310 and step S312 if all the data processing devices 140 notify each other, the communication amount may increase and the communication line may be compressed. In addition, the processing load on the data processing device 140 may increase and adversely affect other data processing. Therefore, the data processing device 140 may limit the data processing device 140 to which the above information should be notified to a specific data processing device. For example, you may limit to the data processing apparatus described in server ID of the processing method information 2600 at the time of the surrounding environment state change.
  • the data processing device 140a updates the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes with reference to the processing availability determination information received in step S312 (S313).
  • the updating method in step S313 is the same as that in step S112 in FIG. 13 of the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the server behavior information 2700 when the state of the surrounding environment changes may be updated.
  • the data processing device 140a executes data processing according to the processing method information 2600 updated in step S313 (S314). Further, the server behavior method 2700 is changed with reference to the server behavior information 2700 when the state of the surrounding environment changes.
  • the data processing device 140a notifies the data processing device 140b or 140c of the data processing request (S315).
  • the data processing device 140b or 140c notified of the data processing request in step S315 executes data processing (S316). Specifically, the data processing device 140b or 40c executes the action determined in step S311 to be compatible in the processing method information 2600 at the time of the change in the state of the surrounding environment received in step S315.
  • the data processing devices 140b and 140c notify the data processing device 140a of the processing result (S317). Then, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes (S318).
  • the data processing device 140a stops most of the devices other than the internal communication switching device 504 and requests the other data processing device 140 to perform data processing.
  • step S308 the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 that the power has fallen below the variation threshold.
  • step S309 the data processing device 140a determines to stop the application processing performed by the data processing device 140a and transfer the data received from the terminal 170 to the other data processing device 140b or 140c.
  • step S310 the data processing device 140b or 140c is requested to stop the application processing.
  • the data processing apparatus 140a When the data processing apparatus 140a receives a notification from the other data processing apparatus 140 that processing is possible in step S312, the data processing apparatus 140a stops application processing and starts transfer in step S314.
  • the arithmetic processing unit 501, the external storage unit 502, the internal storage unit 503, the sensor 511, the speaker 513, and the driving unit 514 of the data processing unit 140a are stopped within a range that is not affected.
  • the presence / absence of the influence is determined from whether or not the server internal operation status 2300 can be stopped, the influence data processing unit at the time of stop, and the influence service at the time of stop.
  • the data processing device 140a can select the component device to be operated according to the continuable time.
  • the management server 150, the terminal 170, and the data processing device 140b or 140c can be notified before it cannot be continued.
  • the other data processing device 140 performs the data processing performed by the data processing device 140a. Then, by stopping the components inside the data processing device 140a, the data processing device 140a can continue to operate for a long time with the limited emergency power source 506.
  • the data processing device 140 a detects an unexpected movement, the data processing device 140 a rejects data reference from the terminal 170 and transfers received data to another data processing device 140. Further, it requests the other data processing device 140 to stop the transfer of data to the data processing device 140a.
  • step S306 it is assumed that the data processing device 140a detects that the fluctuation value exceeds the fluctuation threshold for the row whose evaluation item is the position.
  • the data processing device 140a additionally measures the speed, posture, figure / obstacle, volume, pitch, and vibration, and determines whether these fluctuation values exceed the fluctuation threshold.
  • the fluctuation threshold values of speed, posture, volume, pitch, and vibration are values for determining whether or not there are changes in the state of the surrounding environment at a plurality of locations that have been conventionally installed during normal operation.
  • a human figure / obstacle is determined by image processing to determine whether it is a human figure or obstacle photographed during normal operation. If it is not a human figure or obstacle photographed during normal operation, it is determined that the fluctuation value has been exceeded.
  • step S308 if the number of items exceeding the variation threshold is equal to or greater than a certain number, it is determined that the data processing device 140a has been stolen, and the process proceeds to step S308. On the other hand, if it is determined that the data processing device 140a is not stolen, the process returns to step S306.
  • step S308 the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 that the data processing device 140a has been stolen.
  • step S309 the data processing device 140a rejects the data reference from the terminal 170 and transfers the received data to the other data processing device 140. Furthermore, the data processing device 140a determines whether another data processing device 140 is requested to stop data transfer to the data processing device 140a.
  • step S310 the data processing device 140a requests the data processing device 140b or 140c to perform data processing performed by the data processing device 140a. In addition, a request for stopping transmission / transfer of data to the data processing device 140a is transmitted.
  • step S312 when the data processing device 140a receives a notification from the data processing device 140b or 140c that processing is possible, the processing method when the state of the surrounding environment changes is changed in step S313, and processing is performed in step S318.
  • the management server 150 is notified of the method change.
  • step S202 of FIG. 15 the terminal 170a transmits the data generated in step S201 to the data processing device 140a.
  • step S203 the data processing device 140a transfers the received data to the data processing device 140b or 140c.
  • step S205 the data processing device 140b or 140c performs the data processing of the data processing device 140a.
  • the data processing device 140b or 140c normally notifies the processing result to the data processing device 140a in step S206, but has received a request to stop transmission / transfer of data to the data processing device 140a in step S310.
  • the processing completion notification is directly notified to the terminal 170 without transmitting the processing result to the data processing device 140a.
  • the communication path switching unit 370 of the data processing device 140b or 140c sets the transmission source IP address of the processing completion notification to the data processing device. The IP address is changed to 140a and transmitted.
  • step S211 of FIG. 16 the terminal 170a transmits a data request to the data processing device 140a.
  • step S212 the data processing device 140a does not refer to the data and proceeds to step S231, and transfers the received data request to the data processing device 140b.
  • step S214 the data processing device 140b performs data processing.
  • the data processing device 140c requests the data.
  • the data processing device 140a may be requested to receive data and receive data from the data processing device 140a.
  • the terminal 170a may be notified that the data cannot be referred to without requesting data to the data processing device 140a. Since the data processing device 140b has received a request to stop transmission / transfer of data to the data processing device 140a in step S310, the data processing device 140b transmits the processing result directly to the terminal 170a without transmitting it to the data processing device 140a.
  • the communication path switching unit 370 of the data processing device 140b sets the transmission source IP address of the processing completion notification to the IP of the data processing device 140a. Change to address and send. The change of the IP address is the same as the operation at the time of data generation.
  • the data processing device 140 a detects an unexpected movement, the data reference from the terminal 170 is rejected and the received data is transferred to another data processing device 140. Furthermore, when the data processing device 140a is stolen by sending a request to the other data processing device 140 to stop the transfer of data to the data processing device 140a, the amount of data that will be leaked and the amount of data that will be lost. It is possible to keep it to a minimum.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • Entrepreneurship & Innovation (AREA)
  • Human Resources & Organizations (AREA)
  • Operations Research (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Tourism & Hospitality (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer And Data Communications (AREA)

Abstract

[Problem] To determine the processing details and storage location for data on the basis of the peripheral environment of a data processing device and changes thereupon. [Solution] The data processing device comprises: a control unit which executes a prescribed process corresponding to a request; a storage unit which stores a result of the execution of the prescribed process; and a measurement unit which measures the state of the peripheral environment wherein the data processing device is installed. On the basis of the state of the peripheral environment which is measured by the measurement unit, the control unit determines either whether to execute the prescribed process corresponding to the request or whether to store the result of the execution of the prescribed process in the storage unit, and if either it is impossible to execute the prescribed process in whole or in part or it is impossible to store the result of the execution in whole or in part in the storage unit, causes another data processing device to execute the prescribed process in whole or in part, or store the result of the execution in whole or in part.

Description

情報処理システム及びデータ処理制御方法Information processing system and data processing control method
 本発明は、情報処理システム及びデータ処理制御方法に関し、ネットワークに接続された複数のデータ処理装置を制御する情報処理システム及びデータ処理制御方法に適用して好適なるものである。 The present invention relates to an information processing system and a data processing control method, and is preferably applied to an information processing system and a data processing control method for controlling a plurality of data processing devices connected to a network.
 広域のコンピュータネットワークに接続された情報処理システムでは、中央のデータセンタに配置された情報処理装置の処理機能を利用して、端末装置に対して処理結果を送信する形態が一般的となっている。特にクラウドコンピューティングと呼ばれる情報処理システムの利用形態では、データセンタ上のサーバやストレージなどの情報処理装置に処理を集約させることにより、システム構築コストやランニングコストの極小化が可能となる。 In an information processing system connected to a wide-area computer network, a form in which a processing result is transmitted to a terminal device using a processing function of an information processing device arranged in a central data center is common. . In particular, in a usage form of an information processing system called cloud computing, it is possible to minimize system construction cost and running cost by consolidating processing to information processing apparatuses such as servers and storages in a data center.
 今後、クラウドコンピューティングの適用領域がストレージサービスやオンラインゲームなどの従来のウェブアプリケーションから、様々な業務用アプリケーションに拡大すると予想される。例えば、建設機器や産業機器等の障害予兆検知、鉄道運行管理、監視カメラの画像解析、医療画像や生体計測データの分析、BEMS(Building Energy Management System)やHEMS(Home Energy Management System)等の電力の可視化や制御、人流解析、または、信号制御などである。これらのアプリケーションには、企業情報や個人情報等の機密性の高いデータを扱い、高い応答性と信頼性を要求するミッションクリティカルな処理が含まれる。 In the future, the application area of cloud computing is expected to expand from conventional web applications such as storage services and online games to various business applications. For example, predictive failure detection of construction equipment and industrial equipment, railway operation management, image analysis of surveillance cameras, analysis of medical images and biometric data, BEMS (Building Energy Management System) and HEMS (Home Energy Management System), etc. Visualization and control, human flow analysis, signal control, etc. These applications include mission-critical processing that handles highly confidential data such as company information and personal information and requires high responsiveness and reliability.
 また、これらのアプリケーションを格納する上で、データセンタには、従来と同等以上の高い堅牢性や、可用性、拡張性等が求められる。高い堅牢性や可用性を実現するため、例えば、建物には、その用途が規制されており、地震リスクに対する安全性が要求される。また、セキュリティ管理には、サーバ室や建物単位での入退室管理が要求される。電気設備には、電源経路や自家発電設備、無停電源装置(UPS)の冗長性、空調設備には空調機器の冗長性、通信設備にはキャリアの冗長性、設備運用には常駐管理体制が要求される。また、高い拡張性を実現するために、追加でサーバを収納できる十分な敷地面積、また、キャリアネットワークとの間に十分な帯域の回線が要求される。 Also, in order to store these applications, the data center is required to have high robustness, availability, expandability, etc. equivalent to or higher than before. In order to realize high robustness and availability, for example, the use of buildings is regulated, and safety against earthquake risk is required. Security management requires entry / exit management for each server room or building. Electrical facilities have power supply paths, private power generation facilities, uninterruptible power supply (UPS) redundancy, air conditioning facilities have air conditioning equipment redundancy, communication facilities have carrier redundancy, and facility operation has a resident management system Required. In addition, in order to realize high expandability, a sufficient site area that can additionally accommodate a server and a line with a sufficient bandwidth with the carrier network are required.
 しかし、過剰な設備はシステム構築のコストが高くなり、データセンタ事業者に負担となる。そのため、データセンタ利用者が要求する堅牢性等を満たしつつ、システム構築を低コストで実現することが課題となる。 However, excessive equipment increases the cost of system construction and places a burden on data center operators. Therefore, it is a problem to realize system construction at low cost while satisfying the robustness required by data center users.
 上記課題を解決する上で、堅牢性が非常に高い一つのデータセンタに処理を集中させるのではなく、複数のデータセンタを用いて、各データセンタに適した処理を実行させることが有効である。最近では、複数のデータセンタを活用する方法が複数検討されている。 In order to solve the above problems, it is effective to execute processing suitable for each data center using a plurality of data centers, instead of concentrating the processing to one data center with extremely high robustness. . Recently, a plurality of methods for utilizing a plurality of data centers have been studied.
 例えば、特許文献1では、分散配置されたデータセンタのサーバを一括管理することができ、特定のデータセンタに依存することなく、コストやセキュリティ、状況等の条件に応じたデータの移行、新規システムの構築などを容易にすることで、情報資産の流動化を可能にするデータセンタ統括システムが開示されている。条件には、データセンタの所在地を示す所在地情報、前記データセンタの耐震性を示す耐震性情報、前記データセンタの安全性を示す安全性情報、前記データセンタの費用を示す費用情報および前記データセンタの仕様を示す仕様情報のうち少なくとも1つを含む。これによって、データセンタの耐震性や安全性、コストなどを考慮してデータの格納場所や処理場所を変更することが可能になる。 For example, in Patent Document 1, it is possible to collectively manage servers in a distributed data center, and without depending on a specific data center, data migration according to conditions such as cost, security, and situation, a new system A data center management system is disclosed that enables the fluidization of information assets by facilitating the construction of information. The conditions include location information indicating the location of the data center, earthquake resistance information indicating the earthquake resistance of the data center, safety information indicating the safety of the data center, cost information indicating the cost of the data center, and the data center. At least one of the specification information indicating the specifications of As a result, the data storage location and processing location can be changed in consideration of the earthquake resistance, safety, cost, etc. of the data center.
 また、特許文献2では、管理サーバが、複数の監視エージェントが計測したサーバのリアルタイムな状態に基づいて、アクションの要否を判断することで、スケーラビリティと耐障害性能を担保する方法が開示されている。これによって、監視対象のシステムに含まれるコンピュータリソースの状況をリアルタイムに把握し、制御することができるシステムを提供できる。また、同時に、そのようなシステムに含まれるコンピュータリソースの状況をリアルタイムに監視し、制御することができる。 Patent Document 2 discloses a method for ensuring scalability and fault tolerance performance by determining whether or not an action is necessary based on a real-time state of a server measured by a plurality of monitoring agents. Yes. As a result, it is possible to provide a system that can grasp and control the status of computer resources included in the monitored system in real time. At the same time, the status of computer resources included in such a system can be monitored and controlled in real time.
 また、特許文献3では、ネットワーク情報と要求トラヒック量に基づいて、ネットワーク上の複数の箇所にサービス提供元となるサーバが複数存在する場合に、最適な提供元サーバを選択する方法が開示されている。これによって、映像配信サービスや、ネットワーク上でアプリケーションやストレージを提供するクラウドサービスといった、サービス提供元がネットワーク上の複数の箇所に存在する場合に、トラヒックの偏りによるリンク負荷を分散することで、輻輳を回避し、ネットワークの混雑状況(トラヒック量)を用いた線形計画問題による計算により適切な提供元サーバを選択すると共に、サービス要求元(ノード)と選択されたサーバ(ノード)とをつなぐ経路を求めることができる。 Further, Patent Document 3 discloses a method for selecting an optimum provider server when there are a plurality of servers that serve as service providers at a plurality of locations on the network based on network information and requested traffic volume. Yes. As a result, when service providers exist in multiple locations on the network, such as video distribution services and cloud services that provide applications and storage on the network, congestion is distributed by distributing the link load due to traffic bias. In addition to selecting an appropriate source server by calculation based on a linear programming problem using the network congestion status (traffic volume), a route connecting the service request source (node) and the selected server (node) Can be sought.
特開2012-093992号公報JP 2012-039992 A 国際公開第2012/05224号International Publication No. 2012/05224 特開2012-044622号公報JP 2012-044622 A
 しかし、特許文献1に記載されているデータセンタ統括システムでは、データセンタの施設としての堅牢性やコスト等を考慮してデータの保存場所や処理場所を判断している、データセンタを設置する周辺環境の状態は考慮されていない。周辺環境の状態とは、例えば、治安やインフラ整備状況、被災頻度、余剰敷地面積や、振動・温度・音量・電磁波等のセンサによる計測値などである。 However, in the data center management system described in Patent Document 1, the data storage location and processing location are determined in consideration of the robustness and cost of the data center facility. Environmental conditions are not considered. The state of the surrounding environment includes, for example, security, infrastructure development status, damage frequency, surplus site area, and measured values by sensors such as vibration, temperature, volume, and electromagnetic waves.
 特許文献1では、これらの周辺環境の状態を考慮できないため、同等の施設を備えるコンピューティングリソース間で、周辺環境を考慮して適材適所で処理内容や保存場所を判断できない。また、周辺環境の変化に対応して処理内容や保存場所を変更することもできない。すなわち、特許文献1で開示されるデータセンタ統括システムでは、データセンタの周辺環境の状態、及びその変化に対応することができない。その結果、周辺環境の影響を遮断するために、コンピューティングリソースを保護する十分な設備が必要となり、過剰な設備投資によりコストが増化するという問題があった。 In Patent Document 1, since the state of these surrounding environments cannot be taken into consideration, it is not possible to determine the processing content and the storage location at the right place in consideration of the surrounding environment between computing resources having equivalent facilities. Also, the processing content and storage location cannot be changed in response to changes in the surrounding environment. That is, the data center integrated system disclosed in Patent Document 1 cannot cope with the state of the environment around the data center and changes thereof. As a result, in order to block the influence of the surrounding environment, sufficient facilities for protecting computing resources are required, and there is a problem that costs increase due to excessive capital investment.
 また、特許文献2に記載されているコンピュータリソース制御システムでは、コンピュータリソースのリアルタイムな状態に基づいて処理内容を判断しているが、特許文献1と同様、コンピューティングリソースが配置される周辺環境の状態は考慮されていない。 Further, in the computer resource control system described in Patent Document 2, the processing content is determined based on the real-time state of the computer resource. As in Patent Document 1, the peripheral environment in which the computing resource is arranged is determined. The state is not considered.
 また、特許文献3に記載されているサーバ選択方法では、帯域やトポロジ等のネットワーク情報と要求トラフィック量に応じて適切な提供元サーバを判断しているが、特許文献1と同様、コンピューティングリソースが配置される周辺環境の状態が考慮されていない。 In addition, in the server selection method described in Patent Document 3, an appropriate provider server is determined according to network information such as bandwidth and topology and the requested traffic volume. The state of the surrounding environment where is placed is not considered.
 本発明は以上の点を考慮してなされたもので、データ処理装置の周辺環境やその変化に基づいてデータの処理内容や保存場所を決定することが可能な情報処理システム及びデータ処理制御方法を提案しようとするものである。 The present invention has been made in consideration of the above points, and provides an information processing system and a data processing control method capable of determining the processing content and storage location of data based on the surrounding environment of the data processing device and its change. It is what we are going to propose.
 かかる課題を解決するために本発明においては、ユーザにより利用される端末と、前記端末からの要求に応じて所定の処理を実行する複数のデータ処理装置とがネットワークを介して接続された情報処理システムであって、前記データ処理装置は、前記要求に応じた所定の処理を実行する制御部と、前記所定の処理の実行結果を記憶する記憶部と、前記データ処理装置が設置される周辺環境の状態を測定する測定部と、を備え、前記制御部は、前記測定部により測定された前記周辺環境の状態に基づいて、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否または前記所定の処理の実行結果の前記記憶部への記憶可否を判断し、前記所定の処理の一部または全部の実行が不可能な場合または前記実行結果の全部または一部の前記記憶部への記憶が不可能な場合に、他のデータ処理装置に前記所定の処理の全部または一部を実行させたり前記実行結果の全部または一部を記憶させたりすることを特徴とする、情報処理システムが提供される。 In order to solve this problem, in the present invention, information processing in which a terminal used by a user and a plurality of data processing devices that execute predetermined processing in response to a request from the terminal are connected via a network. In the system, the data processing device includes a control unit that executes predetermined processing according to the request, a storage unit that stores an execution result of the predetermined processing, and a surrounding environment in which the data processing device is installed A measurement unit that measures the state of the predetermined amount of the predetermined process based on the state of the surrounding environment measured by the measurement unit. Judgment is made as to whether or not the execution result can be stored in the storage unit, and when the execution of a part or all of the predetermined processing is impossible, or the execution result cannot be stored in the storage unit. In case, wherein the or to store all or part of the other data processing apparatus to the predetermined processing of all or the execution result or to perform some, information processing system is provided.
 かかる構成によれば、データ処理装置は、測定した周辺環境の状態に基づいて、端末からの要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否または前記所定の処理の実行結果の前記記憶部への記憶可否を判断する。そして、前記所定の処理の一部または全部の実行が不可能な場合または前記実行結果の全部または一部の前記記憶部への記憶が不可能な場合に、他のデータ処理装置に前記所定の処理の全部または一部を実行させたり前記実行結果の全部または一部を記憶させたりする。これにより、データ処理装置の周辺環境やその変化に基づいてデータの処理内容や保存場所を決定して、データの堅牢性や可用性を高めることができる。 According to this configuration, the data processing device can determine whether or not to execute the predetermined process according to the request from the terminal based on the measured state of the surrounding environment or whether or not to store the execution result of the predetermined process in the storage unit. Judging. When the execution of a part or all of the predetermined process is impossible, or when all or a part of the execution result cannot be stored in the storage unit, the predetermined data is stored in another data processing apparatus. All or part of the processing is executed, or all or part of the execution result is stored. As a result, it is possible to determine the data processing content and storage location based on the surrounding environment of the data processing apparatus and the change thereof, thereby enhancing the robustness and availability of the data.
 本発明によれば、データ処理装置の周辺環境やその変化に基づいてデータの処理内容や保存場所を決定して、データの堅牢性や可用性を高めることができる。 According to the present invention, data processing content and storage location can be determined based on the surrounding environment of the data processing apparatus and its change, and the robustness and availability of the data can be improved.
本発明の第1の実施形態に係る情報処理システムのハードウェア構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the hardware constitutions of the information processing system which concerns on the 1st Embodiment of this invention. 同実施形態にかかるデータ処理装置のハードウェア構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the hardware constitutions of the data processing apparatus concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかるデータ処理装置の機能構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the function structure of the data processor concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかる周辺環境の状態情報の一例を示す図表である。It is a graph which shows an example of the status information of the surrounding environment concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかる周辺環境の状態情報テンプレートの一例を示す図表である。It is a graph which shows an example of the state information template of the surrounding environment concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかる処理判断ポリシ情報の一例を示す図表である。It is a chart showing an example of processing judgment policy information concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかるサービス要件の一例を示す図表である。It is a chart which shows an example of the service requirement concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかる処理方法情報の一例を示す図表である。It is a chart showing an example of processing method information concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかる処理対応可否情報の一例を示す図表である。It is a chart which shows an example of the processing availability information concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかるサーバ特性情報の一例を示す図表である。It is a chart which shows an example of the server characteristic information concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかるサーバ内稼働状況の一例を示す図表である。It is a chart which shows an example of the operating condition in a server concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかる通信特性情報の一例を示す図表である。It is a chart showing an example of communication characteristic information concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかるデータ処理装置設置時の動作を示すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram which shows the operation | movement at the time of the data processing apparatus installation concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかる処理方法情報の生成処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the production | generation process of the processing method information concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかる端末がデータを生成する動作を示すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram which shows the operation | movement which the terminal concerning the embodiment produces | generates data. 同実施形態にかかる端末がデータを参照する動作を示すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram which shows the operation | movement which the terminal concerning the embodiment refers to data. 本発明の第2の実施形態にかかる周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報の一例を示す図表である。It is a table | surface which shows an example of the process judgment policy information at the time of the state change of the surrounding environment concerning the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. 同実施形態にかかる周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報の一例を示す図表である。It is a graph which shows an example of the processing method information at the time of the state change of the surrounding environment concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかる周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報の一例を示す図表である。It is a graph which shows an example of the server behavior information at the time of the state change of the surrounding environment concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかるデータ処理装置設置時の動作を示すシーケンス図である。It is a sequence diagram which shows the operation | movement at the time of the data processing apparatus installation concerning the embodiment. 同実施形態にかかる処理方法情報の生成処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the production | generation process of the processing method information concerning the embodiment.
 まず、本実施の形態の概要について説明する。以下では、設置される周辺環境が均一ではなく、かつ、過剰な設備を備えない複数のデータ処理装置の集合において、複数のデータ処理装置の周辺環境及びその変化に基づいてデータの処理内容や保存場所を決定する情報処理システムの特徴について説明する。 First, an outline of the present embodiment will be described. In the following, in a set of a plurality of data processing devices in which the surrounding environment to be installed is not uniform and does not have excessive facilities, data processing contents and storage based on the surrounding environment of the plurality of data processing devices and changes thereof The characteristics of the information processing system that determines the place will be described.
 情報処理システムは、周辺環境の状態情報の生成やデータ処理方法と保存場所等を判断するデータ処理制御部と、データ処理制御に必要な状態情報等を記憶するデータ記憶部と、データの抽象化や部分削除、暗号化、及びアプリケーションの実行等を行うデータ処理部と、スイッチやルータ等の通信経路を切り替える通信経路切替部と、カメラやセンサ等の計測部とを備えるデータ処理装置と、これを管理する管理サーバ、管理サーバと複数のデータ処理装置を繋ぐネットワークとで構成される。 The information processing system includes a data processing control unit that determines the generation of state information of the surrounding environment and a data processing method and storage location, a data storage unit that stores state information necessary for data processing control, and data abstraction. A data processing device including a data processing unit for performing partial deletion, encryption, application execution, and the like, a communication path switching unit for switching communication paths such as a switch and a router, and a measurement unit such as a camera and a sensor. Management server, and a network connecting the management server and a plurality of data processing devices.
 第1の特徴は、データ処理装置が設置された周辺環境の状態情報を生成し、データ処理装置間で、各データ処理装置の周辺環境の状態情報、または、処理内容の要求、または、その両方を通知することによって、複数のデータ処理装置の周辺環境、及び、その変化を考慮して各データ処理装置におけるデータの処理内容や保存場所を判断する点である。これにより、各データに適したデータ処理装置において、適切なデータ処理とデータ保存をすることを可能にしている。 The first feature is that state information of the surrounding environment in which the data processing device is installed is generated, and information on the state of the surrounding environment of each data processing device and / or a request for processing contents is provided between the data processing devices. Is notified in consideration of the surrounding environment of a plurality of data processing devices and changes thereof, and the data processing contents and storage locations of each data processing device are determined. This makes it possible to perform appropriate data processing and data storage in a data processing apparatus suitable for each data.
 上記により、堅牢な建物、セキュリティ管理、電気設備、空調設備、通信設備、設備運用、敷地面積または帯域の回線等を十分に備えてない複数のデータ処理装置の集合が、多様な周辺環境に配置されて構成される情報処理システムにおいて、データ処理装置の周辺環境、及び、その変化が分散処理システムの可用性と完全性と確実性と機密性と応答性と拡張性と効率に与える影響を、過剰な設備を備えることなく低コストで低減することが可能となる。 Based on the above, a set of multiple data processing devices that do not have enough robust buildings, security management, electrical equipment, air conditioning equipment, communication equipment, equipment operation, site area or bandwidth lines, etc. are placed in various surrounding environments In the information processing system configured as described above, the environment surrounding the data processing device and the influence of the change on the availability, completeness, certainty, confidentiality, responsiveness, scalability, and efficiency of the distributed processing system are excessive. It is possible to reduce the cost at a low cost without providing any equipment.
 また、第2の特徴は、第1の特徴において、データ処理装置が、周辺環境の状態情報を生成する際に、データ処理装置の計測部によって計測された値やユーザから入力された値や他のデータ処理装置から取得した値やインターネット上のウェブサーバから取得した値等の一部の情報から、その他の周辺環境の状態情報を推定することによって、計測困難な周辺環境の状態、及び、その変化を考慮して各データ処理装置でのデータの処理内容や保存場所を決定する点である。 Further, the second feature is that, in the first feature, when the data processing device generates state information of the surrounding environment, a value measured by the measurement unit of the data processing device, a value input by the user, and the like. By estimating the status information of other surrounding environments from some information such as the values acquired from the data processing device or the web server on the Internet, the status of the surrounding environment that is difficult to measure, and its In consideration of the change, the data processing contents and storage location in each data processing apparatus are determined.
 また、第3の特徴は、第1の特徴において、複数のデータ処理装置で分散処理を行う場合に、端末からデータや参照要求を受信する前に、データ処理装置が他のデータ処理装置にデータ処理を依頼することによって、端末からデータや参照要求を受信した際に、データ処理装置が複数のデータ処理装置にデータ処理の依頼をすることに伴う処理遅延を低減する点である。 The third feature is that, in the first feature, when distributed processing is performed by a plurality of data processing devices, the data processing device sends data to another data processing device before receiving data or a reference request from the terminal. By requesting processing, when data or a reference request is received from a terminal, the processing delay associated with the data processing device requesting data processing from a plurality of data processing devices is reduced.
 また、第4の特徴は、第1の特徴において、データ処理装置が設置された周辺環境の状態情報を生成する際に、一部の周辺環境の状態情報の変化を検知して、その他の周辺環境の状態情報を計測することによって、時間変化する環境特性を常時計測することに伴う消費電力・処理負荷を軽減する点である。 The fourth feature is that, in the first feature, when the state information of the surrounding environment where the data processing device is installed is generated, a change in the state information of a part of the surrounding environment is detected, and the other surroundings are detected. By measuring environmental state information, power consumption and processing load associated with constantly measuring environmental characteristics that change over time are reduced.
 また、第5の特徴は、第1の特徴において、データ処理装置がデータ処理方法を判断する際に参照するデータ処理方法の判断ポリシに、時間帯毎にデータ処理方法を規定することによって、周期的に周辺環境の状態変化が起こる場合や、予兆となる周辺環境の変化が起こる場合に、実際にデータ処理を変更する時刻よりも前に、データ処理方法の変更を把握して、連携して処理する他のデータ処理装置に処理要求を通知することで、周辺環境の状態変化が生じた際に、他のデータ処理装置に処理要求を通知することに伴う処理遅延を低減することができる点である。 The fifth feature is that in the first feature, the data processing method is referred to when the data processing device judges the data processing method, and the data processing method is defined for each time period, thereby defining the period. If changes in the state of the surrounding environment occur, or if there is a predictive change in the surrounding environment, the change in the data processing method will be grasped and coordinated before the actual data processing change time. By notifying a processing request to another data processing device to be processed, it is possible to reduce a processing delay associated with notifying the other data processing device of the processing request when the state of the surrounding environment changes. It is.
 また、上記特徴を有することにより、データ処理装置への供給電力が停止した際に、データ処理装置内部の一部のデータ処理部等の装置の電源を落とし、データ処理装置内部の通信装置が端末から受信したデータを他のデータ処理装置に転送する、自動縮退運転が可能となる。自動縮退運転を可能とすることにより、データ処理装置が備えるUPS等の非常用電源での継続稼働時間を引き延ばすことができ、非常用電源の余剰電力を全て消費してしまい、端末が、データ処理装置が提供するアプリケーションを使用できなくなるリスクを低減することが可能となる。 Further, due to the above characteristics, when the power supplied to the data processing device is stopped, the power of some of the data processing units inside the data processing device is turned off, and the communication device inside the data processing device is connected to the terminal. It is possible to perform an automatic degeneration operation in which data received from is transferred to another data processing device. By enabling the automatic degeneration operation, it is possible to extend the continuous operation time of the emergency power supply such as UPS provided in the data processing apparatus, and all the surplus power of the emergency power supply is consumed, and the terminal performs data processing. It becomes possible to reduce a risk that the application provided by the apparatus cannot be used.
 また、上記特徴を有することにより、データ処理装置が設置される周辺環境の状態情報の一つである平均停電時間から、供給電力が停止した際に電力が復旧するまでの間、データ処理装置が備える非常用電源の余剰電力を使いきらないようにする上で、データ処理装置内部の停止すべき装置数を把握することができる。 In addition, by having the above characteristics, the data processing device can be used from the average power failure time, which is one of the status information of the surrounding environment where the data processing device is installed, until the power is restored when the supply power is stopped. In order not to use the surplus power of the emergency power supply provided, the number of devices to be stopped inside the data processing device can be grasped.
 また、上記特徴を有することにより、データ処理装置の周辺環境の状態情報の一つである位置情報やカメラの画像を元に、サーバの盗難を推定することができる。そして、サーバの盗難が推定された場合に、自己のデータ処理装置に保存されているデータへのアクセスを停止したり、保存されているデータを削除したり、データ処理装置に接続された端末から受信するデータを他のデータ処理装置に転送し、他のデータ処理装置に対しては自己のデータ処理装置へのデータの送信を停止する要求を送信したりする。これにより、データ処理装置が盗難された場合に、データ処理装置内部に記録された重要なデータが流出するデータ量を抑えることができる。 Also, by having the above characteristics, it is possible to estimate the server theft based on position information and camera images, which are one of status information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device. And if the server theft is estimated, stop access to the data stored in its own data processing device, delete the stored data, from the terminal connected to the data processing device Data to be received is transferred to another data processing device, and a request to stop data transmission to its own data processing device is transmitted to the other data processing device. Thereby, when the data processing device is stolen, it is possible to suppress a data amount from which important data recorded in the data processing device flows out.
 また、上記特徴を有することにより、データ処理装置の周辺環境の状態情報の一つである治安情報、入退管理情報、可搬性、管理者倫理、管理者スキルや設置場所の屋内外情報等から盗難リスクを把握し、盗難リスクを考慮してデータを加工や変換、保存するデータ処理装置を判断することができ、データ処理装置が盗難された際に、データ処理装置に格納される重要なデータがデータ処理装置と一緒に盗難されるリスクを低減することができる。 In addition, by having the above characteristics, from the security information, entrance / exit management information, portability, administrator ethics, administrator skills, indoor / outdoor information of the installation location, etc., which is one of the status information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device Know the theft risk, determine the data processing device that processes, converts, and stores the data in consideration of the theft risk, and important data stored in the data processing device when the data processing device is stolen Can be reduced the risk of being stolen together with the data processing device.
 また、上記特徴を有することにより、データ処理装置の周辺環境の状態情報の一つであるデータ処理装置の速度や加速度、振動、やデータ処理装置にかかる粉塵や電磁波等からデータ処理装置が物理的に破損してデータ処理装置内部のデータを紛失する紛失リスクを把握し、紛失リスクを考慮してデータを加工や変換、保存するデータ処理装置を判断することができ、重要なデータを保存するデータ処理装置を、自動車や建設機器などに搭載されており、破損しやすいデータ処理装置ではない、安全なデータ処理装置を選択することができ、重要なデータが紛失するリスクを低減することができる。 In addition, by having the above characteristics, the data processing device is physically detected from the speed, acceleration, vibration of the data processing device, which is one of state information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device, and dust and electromagnetic waves applied to the data processing device. Data that stores important data can be determined by determining the data processing device that processes, converts, and stores data in consideration of the risk of loss. Since the processing device is mounted on an automobile, construction equipment, or the like, a safe data processing device that is not easily damaged can be selected, and the risk of losing important data can be reduced.
 また、上記特徴を有することにより、データ処理装置が設置された国の外、または、企業拠点の外にデータを送信する際に、データ処理装置の周辺環境の状態情報の一つである設置される国の法規制や企業のコーポレートガバナンスに基づいて、データの機密部分や秘匿性の高い部分を削除してデータを送信する判断が可能になり、様々な国や企業拠点内外に散在するデータ処理装置間で、管理者や利用者がデータの機密部分や秘匿性の高い部分を手動で削除せずに、法令順守が可能になる。 In addition, by having the above features, when data is transmitted outside the country where the data processing device is installed or outside the company base, it is installed as one of the status information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device. Based on the laws and regulations of the country and corporate governance of the company, it is possible to decide to send data by deleting the confidential part or highly confidential part of the data, and data processing scattered in various countries and corporate bases It is possible to comply with laws and regulations without the administrator or the user manually deleting the confidential part or highly confidential part of the data between apparatuses.
 また、上記特徴を有することにより、データ処理装置の周辺環境の状態情報の一つである位置情報、速度情報、加速度情報からデータ処理装置が移動していることを把握し、データ処理装置が国境を越える場合には、移動先の国の法規制に基づいて、自データ処理装置内に保持しているデータの変換や、または行き先の国で規制されているデータを他の国に配置してあるデータ処理装置へ移動することが可能となる。 Further, by having the above characteristics, it is possible to grasp that the data processing device is moving from the position information, speed information, and acceleration information which are one of the state information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device, and the data processing device If it exceeds the limit, the conversion of the data stored in its own data processing device or the data regulated in the destination country is placed in another country based on the laws and regulations of the destination country. It becomes possible to move to a certain data processing device.
 また、上記特徴を有することにより、風向きや太陽の位置等を考慮してデータ処理装置が姿勢を変更することによって、排熱の効率化や太陽光発電や風力発電の効率を向上させる等、周辺環境に適応してエネルギー効率を向上することができる。 In addition, by having the above characteristics, the data processing device changes the posture in consideration of the wind direction, the position of the sun, etc., thereby improving the efficiency of exhaust heat, improving the efficiency of solar power generation and wind power generation, etc. It can adapt to the environment and improve energy efficiency.
 また、上記様態によれば、データ処理装置の周辺環境の状態情報に加えて、データ処理装置の演算能力や記憶装置の容量などのサーバの特性情報も考慮してデータを処理あるいは保存するデータ処理装置を選択することによって、データの処理時間を短くするあるいは記憶装置の容量溢れを防ぐことができる。 In addition, according to the above aspect, in addition to the status information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device, data processing for processing or storing data in consideration of server characteristic information such as the computing capability of the data processing device and the capacity of the storage device By selecting a device, it is possible to shorten the data processing time or prevent the storage device from overflowing.
 また、上記特徴を有することにより、データ処理装置が、端末が生成したデータを処理する際等に必要なアプリケーションのプログラムをデータ処理装置に格納する際に、データ処理装置の周辺環境の映像、振動、音、粉塵等の情報に基づいて、データ処理装置での処理内容を判断し、必要なアプリやデータを配備することによって、データ処理装置が設置される周辺環境の状態に適したデータ処理を実行する環境を構築することができる。 Further, by having the above characteristics, when the data processing apparatus stores the application program necessary for processing the data generated by the terminal in the data processing apparatus, the image and vibration of the surrounding environment of the data processing apparatus are stored. Based on information such as sound, dust, etc., the processing contents in the data processing device are judged, and by deploying necessary applications and data, data processing suitable for the state of the surrounding environment where the data processing device is installed An environment for execution can be constructed.
 以上により、本実施の形態では、多様な周辺環境に配置された複数のデータ処理装置で構成される情報処理システムにおいて、周辺環境、及びその変化がコンピューティングや利用者の体感品質に与える影響を、過剰な設備を備えることなく低コストで低減することを可能としている。 As described above, in the present embodiment, in an information processing system including a plurality of data processing devices arranged in various surrounding environments, the influence of the surrounding environment and its change on the quality of experience of computing and users is affected. It is possible to reduce the cost at a low cost without providing excessive facilities.
 以下図面について、本発明の一実施の形態を詳述する。 Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
 なお、以後の説明では「aaaテーブル」、「aaaリスト」、「aaaDB」、「aaaキュー」等の表現にて本発明の情報を説明するが、これら情報は必ずしもテーブル、リスト、DB、キュー、等のデータ構造以外で表現されていてもよい。そのため、データ構造に依存しないことを示すために「aaaテーブル」、「aaaリスト」、「aaaDB」、「aaaキュー」等について「aaa情報」と呼ぶことがある。さらに、各情報の内容を説明する際に、「識別情報」、「識別子」、「名」、「名前」、「ID」という表現を用いるが、これらについてはお互いに置換が可能である。 In the following description, the information of the present invention will be described using expressions such as “aaa table”, “aaa list”, “aaaDB”, “aaa queue”, etc., but these information are not necessarily limited to tables, lists, DBs, queues, It may be expressed by other than the data structure. Therefore, “aaa table”, “aaa list”, “aaaDB”, “aaa queue”, etc. may be referred to as “aaa information” to indicate that they are not dependent on the data structure. Furthermore, in describing the contents of each information, the expressions “identification information”, “identifier”, “name”, “name”, and “ID” are used, but these can be replaced with each other.
 以後の説明では「プログラム」を主語として説明を行う場合があるが、プログラムはプロセッサによって実行されることで定められた処理をメモリ及び通信ポート(通信制御デバイス)を用いながら行うため、プロセッサを主語とした説明としてもよい。また、プログラムを主語として開示された処理は管理サーバ等の計算機、情報処理装置が行う処理としてもよい。また、プログラムの一部または全ては専用ハードウェアによって実現されてもよい。 In the following description, there is a case where “program” is used as the subject. However, since the program performs processing determined by being executed by the processor using the memory and the communication port (communication control device), the processor is used as the subject. The explanation may be as follows. Further, the processing disclosed with the program as the subject may be processing performed by a computer such as a management server or an information processing apparatus. Further, part or all of the program may be realized by dedicated hardware.
 また、各種プログラムはプログラム配布サーバや、計算機が読み取り可能な記憶メディアによって各計算機にインストールされてもよい。 Various programs may be installed in each computer by a program distribution server or a storage medium that can be read by the computer.
(1)第1の実施の形態
(1-1)情報処理システムのハードウェア構成
 図1に、本実施の形態における情報処理システムのハードウェア構成を示す。図1に示すように、情報処理システムは、ネットワーク130、データ処理装置140a~c(以降、データ処理装置140と総称して説明する場合もある。)、管理サーバ150、アクセスポイント160a~d(以降、アクセスポイント160と総称して説明する場合もある。)、端末170a~e(以降、端末170と総称して説明する場合もある。)を備える。
(1) First Embodiment (1-1) Hardware Configuration of Information Processing System FIG. 1 shows the hardware configuration of the information processing system in the present embodiment. As shown in FIG. 1, the information processing system includes a network 130, data processing devices 140a to 140c (hereinafter, may be collectively referred to as data processing device 140), a management server 150, and access points 160a to 160d. Hereinafter, it may be collectively referred to as an access point 160.) and terminals 170a to e (hereinafter, sometimes collectively referred to as the terminal 170).
 ネットワーク130はWAN(Wide Area Network)またはLAN(Local Area Network)であり、VLANやMPLS(Multiple-Protocol Label Switching)、仮想スライスで構成される仮想的なネットワークであってもよい。 The network 130 is a WAN (Wide Area Network) or a LAN (Local Area Network), and may be a virtual network composed of VLAN, MPLS (Multi-Protocol Label Switching), and virtual slice.
 データ処理装置140は、端末170が生成するデータや端末170が利活用するデータを処理する装置である。ここで、ここで、データ処理装置140により実行されるデータの処理とは、監視や機器保守等を目的にしたセンサ情報や映像の分析、セキュリティを高めるためのデータの暗号化、機密データや秘匿データの保護や法規制のためのデータ一部削除、盗難対策のためのデータへのアクセス制限、データ利活用のためのデータの統計や抽象化、抽象化したデータの保存や全データの保存、キャッシュ、または転送等である。 The data processing device 140 is a device that processes data generated by the terminal 170 and data used by the terminal 170. Here, the data processing executed by the data processing device 140 includes sensor information and video analysis for the purpose of monitoring and equipment maintenance, data encryption for enhancing security, confidential data and confidentiality. Deletion of part of data for data protection and legal regulations, restriction of access to data for anti-theft measures, data statistics and abstraction for data utilization, storage of abstract data and storage of all data, For example, cache or transfer.
 管理サーバ150は、データ処理装置140を管理する管理装置である。以下では、管理サーバ150は、ネットワーク130を介してデータ処理装置140と接続する集中制御型アーキテクチャで構成される事例を中心に説明するが、かかる例に限定されない。例えば、管理サーバ150は、各データ処理装置140内に存在し、管理サーバ150間で管理情報を共有する、自律分散型アーキテクチャで構成されてもよい。管理サーバ150が自律分散型アーキテクチャで構成される場合、後述する管理サーバ150への通知処理は、他の複数のデータ処理装置140に通知したり、または、それらを代表するデータ処理装置140に通知したりしてもよい。 The management server 150 is a management device that manages the data processing device 140. In the following, the management server 150 will be described mainly with reference to an example of a centralized control architecture that is connected to the data processing device 140 via the network 130, but is not limited to such an example. For example, the management server 150 may be configured in an autonomous distributed architecture that exists in each data processing device 140 and shares management information between the management servers 150. When the management server 150 is configured with an autonomous distributed architecture, a notification process to the management server 150 described later is notified to a plurality of other data processing devices 140 or a data processing device 140 representing them. You may do it.
 また、管理サーバ150は、データ処理装置140管理者が利用する入力装置と操作画面と演算処理部とデータ記憶部などを備える。管理サーバ150は、データ処理装置140に通知する各種情報を生成したり管理したりする機能を有する。データ処理装置140に通知する情報とは、例えば、後述するサービス要件2200、処理判断ポリシ情報1300、周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100、第2の実施形態で用いる周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400などである。 In addition, the management server 150 includes an input device, an operation screen, an arithmetic processing unit, a data storage unit, and the like used by the administrator of the data processing device 140. The management server 150 has a function of generating and managing various types of information notified to the data processing device 140. The information notified to the data processing device 140 includes, for example, a service requirement 2200, processing determination policy information 1300, a surrounding environment state information template 1100, and a processing determination policy at the time of a change in the surrounding environment used in the second embodiment. Information 1400 and the like.
 管理サーバ150の操作画面には、管理者が設定変更等を行うために、上記した情報とともに、設定ボタン、変更ボタン、削除ボタンなどが表示される。また、管理者がデータ処理装置140の状態や処理内容を管理するための情報が、管理サーバ150の操作画面に表示される。データ処理装置140の状態や処理内容の情報とは、後述する周辺環境の状態情報1000、処理方法情報1900、処理対応可否情報2100、サーバ特性情報1700、サーバ内部稼働状況2300、通信特性情報1500、及び、第2の実施形態で用いる周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600、周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700などである。 In the operation screen of the management server 150, a setting button, a change button, a delete button, and the like are displayed together with the above information so that the administrator can change the setting. In addition, information for the administrator to manage the status and processing contents of the data processing device 140 is displayed on the operation screen of the management server 150. The status of the data processing device 140 and the information on the processing contents include the surrounding environment status information 1000, processing method information 1900, processing supportability information 2100, server characteristic information 1700, server internal operation status 2300, communication characteristic information 1500, Also, there are processing method information 2600 at the time of change in the state of the surrounding environment, server behavior information 2700 at the time of change in the state of the surrounding environment, and the like used in the second embodiment.
 アクセスポイント160はWifi等の無線LANルータや3GやLTE等のセルラ基地局である。本実施の形態では、ONU(Optical Network Unit)等の有線接続用装置も含まれるものとする。アクセスポイント160は、無線または有線で直接、またはネットワーク130を介して、データ処理装置140と接続し、端末170と無線または有線で直接接続する。 The access point 160 is a wireless LAN router such as WiFi, or a cellular base station such as 3G or LTE. In the present embodiment, a wired connection device such as an ONU (Optical Network Unit) is also included. The access point 160 is connected to the data processing device 140 directly by wireless or wired or via the network 130 and directly connected to the terminal 170 by wireless or wired.
 端末170は、データを生成したり、利活用したりするための機器で、例えばスマートフォンやタブレット、ノートPCや、建設機器、医療用診断装置、スマートメータ、農作用機器、自動車、エレベータやエスカレータ等である。 The terminal 170 is a device for generating and utilizing data, such as a smartphone, a tablet, a notebook PC, a construction device, a medical diagnostic device, a smart meter, an agricultural device, an automobile, an elevator, an escalator, etc. It is.
(1-2)データ処理装置のハードウェア構成
 次に、図2を参照してデータ処理装置140のハードウェア構成について説明する。図2に示すように、データ処理装置140は、CPU等の演算処理装置501、フラッシュメモリやハードディスクドライブ等の外部記憶装置502、DRAM等の内部記憶装置503、ルータやスイッチ等の通信切替装置504と、電源505と、UPS(Uninterruptible Power Supply)等の非常用電源506と、WifiやZigbee(登録商標)等の無線送受信装置507と、センサ511と、モニタやキーボード等の入出力装置512と、スピーカ513と、駆動装置514と、ランプ515と、発電装置516と、発熱/除熱装置517とを備える。
(1-2) Hardware Configuration of Data Processing Device Next, the hardware configuration of the data processing device 140 will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 2, the data processing device 140 includes an arithmetic processing device 501 such as a CPU, an external storage device 502 such as a flash memory and a hard disk drive, an internal storage device 503 such as a DRAM, and a communication switching device 504 such as a router and a switch. A power supply 505, an emergency power supply 506 such as UPS (Uninterruptable Power Supply), a wireless transmission / reception device 507 such as WiFi or Zigbee (registered trademark), a sensor 511, an input / output device 512 such as a monitor or a keyboard, A speaker 513, a driving device 514, a lamp 515, a power generation device 516, and a heat generation / heat removal device 517 are provided.
 データ処理装置140は、外部記憶装置502に保持されたプログラムが、演算処理装置501によって内部記憶装置503で実行されることによってデータ処理や保存等の動作を行う。また、これらのプログラムは予め内部記憶装置503に格納されてもよいし、ネットワーク130または可搬型記憶媒体を介して外部装置から導入されてもよい。内部記憶装置503に格納されているプログラムについては、後で詳細に説明する。 The data processing device 140 performs operations such as data processing and storage by the program stored in the external storage device 502 being executed by the arithmetic processing device 501 in the internal storage device 503. These programs may be stored in advance in the internal storage device 503, or may be introduced from an external device via the network 130 or a portable storage medium. The program stored in the internal storage device 503 will be described in detail later.
 センサ511は、周辺環境の状態を計測する機能を有し、例えば、データ処理装置140の姿勢を把握する方位センサやジャイロセンサ、位置を計測するGPS、速度センサ、加速度センサ、非常用電源の余剰電力量を計測するための電圧計測器、人影や障害物を把握するためのカメラ、光センサ、音量や音程を把握するためのマイク、温度計、湿度計、風力や風向きを計測する風力計、電磁波量を計測する電磁波測定器、粉塵の量を測定する粉塵計、振動を計測する振動計などを備える。センサ511により、データ処理装置140の周辺環境の状態を計測することができる。 The sensor 511 has a function of measuring the state of the surrounding environment. For example, an azimuth sensor or a gyro sensor that grasps the attitude of the data processing device 140, a GPS that measures a position, a speed sensor, an acceleration sensor, or an emergency power supply surplus Voltage meter for measuring electric energy, camera for grasping people and obstacles, optical sensor, microphone for grasping volume and pitch, thermometer, hygrometer, anemometer for measuring wind force and wind direction, An electromagnetic wave measuring device that measures the amount of electromagnetic waves, a dust meter that measures the amount of dust, a vibration meter that measures vibration, and the like are provided. The state of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140 can be measured by the sensor 511.
 スピーカ513は、近傍の端末170の利用者やデータ処理装置140の管理者、データ処理装置140に通知するために、音声やビープ音を発する。スピーカ513と周辺環境の状態情報1000を利用して、例えば、管理者がデータ処理装置140を新規に設置したり交換したりする際に、周辺環境の状態に併せて、作業手順をビープ音や音声によって誘導することができる。これにより、データ処理装置140が設置される周辺環境に適した設置、交換、設定作業等が可能となり、管理者の作業効率を向上することができる。 The speaker 513 emits a sound or a beep to notify the user of the nearby terminal 170, the administrator of the data processing device 140, or the data processing device 140. For example, when the administrator newly installs or replaces the data processing device 140 by using the speaker 513 and the surrounding environment state information 1000, the work procedure is changed to a beep sound or the state of the surrounding environment. Can be guided by voice. Accordingly, installation, replacement, setting work, and the like suitable for the surrounding environment where the data processing device 140 is installed can be performed, and the work efficiency of the administrator can be improved.
 また、データ処理装置140がスピーカ513と周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400を利用することにより、例えば、データ処理装置140が備えるカメラ等のセンサが人影を検知した際に、管理サーバ150に通知すると同時に、不審人物を知らせる警報を鳴らして、近傍にいる管理者に通知することができる。 In addition, when the data processing device 140 uses the speaker 513 and the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, for example, when a sensor such as a camera provided in the data processing device 140 detects a human shadow, the management server At the same time as notification to 150, an alarm notifying the suspicious person can be sounded to notify an administrator in the vicinity.
 駆動装置514は、タイヤ、モータ、バッテリー、及び、モータを制御するコントローラによって構成され、データ処理装置140の物理的な移動と回転を可能にする。データ処理装置140は、駆動装置514と周辺環境の状態情報1000を利用することにより、例えば、データ処理装置140が回転して、データ処理装置140の方位センサで計測される姿勢と風力計で計測される風向きからデータ処理装置140の排熱の空気の流れとエアコンや自然風の空気の流れを揃えることを判断できるようになり、排熱効率を向上させることができる。また、データ処理装置140のセンサ511で計測される光度が弱いことを検知して、光度が強い位置に物理的に移動することが可能になり、データ処理装置140が備える太陽光発電の発電効率を向上することができ、また、温度計で計測される温度が上昇している際には、温度が低い日陰に移動することができる。 The driving device 514 includes a tire, a motor, a battery, and a controller that controls the motor, and allows the data processing device 140 to be physically moved and rotated. The data processing device 140 uses the drive device 514 and the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment, for example, the data processing device 140 rotates and is measured by the attitude measured by the direction sensor of the data processing device 140 and an anemometer. Therefore, it is possible to determine whether the flow of exhaust heat air from the data processing device 140 is aligned with the flow of air conditioner or natural air from the wind direction, and the exhaust heat efficiency can be improved. Further, it is possible to detect that the light intensity measured by the sensor 511 of the data processing device 140 is weak and to physically move to a position where the light intensity is strong, and the power generation efficiency of solar power generation provided in the data processing device 140 In addition, when the temperature measured by the thermometer rises, it is possible to move to the shade where the temperature is low.
 ランプ515は、例えば、LED等の照明機器である。データ処理装置140は、ランプ515と周辺環境の状態情報1000を利用することにより、例えば、温度や振動、粉塵量等の周辺環境の状態が、データ処理装置140が正常に稼働できる範囲を超えた場合にデータ処理装置140の管理者にランプを点灯させて通知したり、データ処理装置140が設定変更や再起動を必要であることを管理者に通知したり、通信障害やデータ処理装置140の内部障害が発生した際に管理者に通知したりすることができる。 The lamp 515 is an illumination device such as an LED. The data processing device 140 uses the lamp 515 and the status information 1000 of the surrounding environment, for example, the status of the surrounding environment such as temperature, vibration, and dust amount exceeds the range in which the data processing device 140 can operate normally. In this case, the administrator of the data processing device 140 is notified by turning on the lamp, the administrator is notified that the setting of the data processing device 140 needs to be changed or restarted, the communication failure or the data processing device 140 An administrator can be notified when an internal failure occurs.
 発電装置516は、太陽光発電や風力発電、地熱発電等によって、データ処理装置140が稼働するための電力を創出する装置である。これによって、データ処理装置140に電力エネルギーの供給が難しい場合、例えば、屋外やデータ処理装置140が移動する場合においてもデータ処理装置140が稼働することができる。 The power generation device 516 is a device that creates power for operating the data processing device 140 by solar power generation, wind power generation, geothermal power generation, or the like. Accordingly, when it is difficult to supply power energy to the data processing device 140, for example, the data processing device 140 can be operated even when the data processing device 140 is moved outdoors.
 発熱・除熱装置517は、データ処理装置140の内部で発生した熱を除去するファン等の空冷装置や、データ処理装置140の内部を正常稼働可能な温度に保つためのヒーターである。発熱・除熱装置517によって、データ処理装置140が正常に稼働可能な温度より、周辺環境の温度が高い場合や低い場合にも、データ処理装置140内部の温度を適切に保つことができる。 The heat generation / heat removal device 517 is an air cooling device such as a fan that removes heat generated inside the data processing device 140, or a heater for maintaining the inside of the data processing device 140 at a temperature at which it can operate normally. The heat generation / heat removal device 517 can maintain the temperature inside the data processing device 140 appropriately even when the temperature of the surrounding environment is higher or lower than the temperature at which the data processing device 140 can normally operate.
(1-3)データ処理装置の機能構成
 次に、図3を参照して、データ処理装置140の機能構成について説明する。図3に示すように、データ処理装置140は、データ処理部380、データ記憶部385、通信経路切替部370、計測部391、データ処理制御部300及び制御用データ記憶部350などから構成される。
(1-3) Functional Configuration of Data Processing Device Next, a functional configuration of the data processing device 140 will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the data processing device 140 includes a data processing unit 380, a data storage unit 385, a communication path switching unit 370, a measurement unit 391, a data processing control unit 300, a control data storage unit 350, and the like. .
 データ処理部380は、データの分析や解析の一次処理や二次処理、データの統計値の算出、一部削除や統合、データの分割、暗号化等を行う。 The data processing unit 380 performs data analysis and primary analysis and secondary analysis, calculation of data statistics, partial deletion and integration, data division, encryption, and the like.
 データ記憶部385は、複数のデータ通信プロトコルを処理可能なストレージシステムであり、例えば、NFS(Network File System)、CIFS(Common Internet File System)、FTP(File Transfer Protocol)、HTTP(Hyper Text Transfer Protocol)などのファイル共有サービスを提供する通信プロトコルを使い、端末170が利用するアプリケーションが処理する際に参照するデータと処理結果、及び、データ処理部が加工や変換したデータの一部、または全てを保存する。 The data storage unit 385 is a storage system capable of processing a plurality of data communication protocols, for example, NFS (Network File System), CIFS (Common Internet File System), FTP (File Transfer Protocol), and HTTP (HyperTransFrtex). ) Or the like, and a part or all of the data processed and converted by the data processing unit and the data to be referred to when the application used by the terminal 170 processes using the communication protocol providing the file sharing service. save.
 通信経路切替部370は、アクセスポイント160、端末170及び管理サーバ150とケーブルを介して直接接続したり、ネットワーク130を介して接続したりする。通信経路切替部370は、自己のデータ処理装置140宛に送信されたトラフィックの宛先を他のデータ処理装置140宛に変更して転送したり、他のデータ処理装置140宛のトラフィックを自己のデータ処理装置宛に変更したりする。また、トラフィックを送信する際に、優先度や通信経路や回線種別を選択して送信するようにしてもよい。また、ある時刻までトラフィックを保存して指定時刻に送信するようにしてもよい。 The communication path switching unit 370 is directly connected to the access point 160, the terminal 170, and the management server 150 via a cable, or connected via the network 130. The communication path switching unit 370 changes the destination of the traffic transmitted to its own data processing device 140 to another data processing device 140 and transfers it, or forwards the traffic destined for the other data processing device 140 to its own data. Or change to a processing device. Also, when transmitting traffic, priority, communication path, and line type may be selected and transmitted. Further, traffic may be stored until a certain time and transmitted at a specified time.
 通信経路切替部370は物理的な装置ではなく、ソフトウェアスイッチでもよい。例えば停電時には、電力消費量が少ない通信経路切替部370を稼働させたまま、停止してもサービスに深刻な影響がないデータ処理部380等の構成装置を停止させてもよい。これにより、停電後により長い間稼働を維持することができる。また、データ処理装置140の内部で障害が発生した場合や、データ処理装置140が盗難された場合に、通信経路切替部370がデータを転送して、他のデータ処理装置140でデータの処理や保存を代行してもよい。これにより、盗難されるデータや紛失するデータ量を抑制しつつ、サービスを継続することが可能となる。 The communication path switching unit 370 may be a software switch instead of a physical device. For example, in the event of a power failure, the communication device switching unit 370 that consumes less power may be kept operating, and the constituent devices such as the data processing unit 380 that do not have a serious effect on the service even if stopped may be stopped. Thereby, operation | movement can be maintained for a long time after a power failure. In addition, when a failure occurs inside the data processing device 140 or when the data processing device 140 is stolen, the communication path switching unit 370 transfers the data and the other data processing device 140 processes the data. You may substitute the preservation. This makes it possible to continue the service while suppressing the amount of data that is stolen or lost.
 計測部391は、データ処理装置140の周辺環境の状態を計測する。計測部391により計測される計測項目は、例えば、データ処理装置140の向きや角度を示す姿勢、速度、加速度や、非常用電源の余剰電力量、及びその変化速度、また、周辺環境の画像、光度、音量、音程、温度、湿度、風力、風向き、電磁波、粉塵量、振動等である。 The measuring unit 391 measures the state of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140. The measurement items measured by the measurement unit 391 include, for example, the orientation, speed, and acceleration indicating the orientation and angle of the data processing device 140, the surplus power amount of the emergency power supply, and its change speed, and an image of the surrounding environment, Luminous intensity, volume, pitch, temperature, humidity, wind force, wind direction, electromagnetic wave, dust amount, vibration, etc.
 データ処理制御部300は、周辺環境状態生成・判断部301、制御調停部302、通信制御部303、実行基盤制御部304、端末制御部305、ストレージ制御部306、サービス特性生成・判断部307から構成される。データ処理制御部300は、データ処理装置140が設置された周辺環境の状態情報を生成し、他のデータ処理装置140と、各データ処理装置140の周辺環境の状態情報や処理内容の要求を送受信することによって、複数のデータ処理装置140の周辺環境、及び、その変化を考慮して各データ処理装置140におけるデータ処理内容や保存場所を判断する。 The data processing control unit 300 includes a peripheral environment state generation / determination unit 301, a control arbitration unit 302, a communication control unit 303, an execution base control unit 304, a terminal control unit 305, a storage control unit 306, and a service characteristic generation / determination unit 307. Composed. The data processing control unit 300 generates status information of the surrounding environment where the data processing device 140 is installed, and transmits / receives a request for status information and processing contents of the surrounding environment of each data processing device 140 to / from other data processing devices 140. By doing so, the data processing contents and storage locations in each data processing device 140 are determined in consideration of the surrounding environment of the plurality of data processing devices 140 and changes thereof.
 周辺環境状態生成・判断部301は、周辺環境の状態情報を生成し、データ処理装置140で交換した、複数のデータ処理装置140の周辺環境の状態情報を管理する。 The peripheral environment state generation / determination unit 301 generates peripheral environment state information, and manages the peripheral environment state information of the plurality of data processing devices 140 exchanged by the data processing device 140.
 制御調停部302は、周辺環境の状態情報、サーバ特性、通信特性、サービス要件に基づいてデータ処理装置140が行うデータ処理方法を判断する。 The control arbitration unit 302 determines a data processing method performed by the data processing device 140 based on the state information of the surrounding environment, server characteristics, communication characteristics, and service requirements.
 通信制御部303は、データ処理装置140間、データ処理装置140と端末170間、及びデータ処理装置140と管理サーバ150との間の通信特性を管理し、通信経路切替部370を制御する。 The communication control unit 303 manages communication characteristics between the data processing devices 140, between the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170, and between the data processing device 140 and the management server 150, and controls the communication path switching unit 370.
 実行基盤制御部304は、サーバ特性やサーバ内稼働状況を管理し、データ処理装置140に要求された処理を行う上で必要なアプリケーションやデータを保持していない場合に、アプリケーションやデータを管理サーバ150に要求する。なお、アプリケーションとは、ストレージサービスやオンラインゲーム、業務アプリ等の従来のウェブアプリケーション、建設機器や産業機器等の障害予兆検知、鉄道運行管理、監視カメラの画像解析、医療画像や生体計測データの分析、BEMSやHEMS等の電力の可視化や制御、人流解析、及び、信号制御などである。 The execution platform control unit 304 manages server characteristics and in-server operation status, and manages applications and data when the data processing device 140 does not hold the applications and data necessary for performing the requested processing. Request to 150. Applications include conventional web applications such as storage services, online games, and business applications, failure sign detection for construction equipment and industrial equipment, railway operation management, image analysis of surveillance cameras, analysis of medical images and biometric data, etc. , BEMS and HEMS power visualization and control, human flow analysis, signal control, and the like.
 端末制御部305は、端末170の特性を管理し、端末170に要求を送信する。端末170の特性とは、例えば、端末170の周辺環境の状態や、端末170の画面サイズ、処理能力、データ容量、通信速度である。端末170の周辺環境とは、例えば、企業拠点内か拠点外か、端末170に物理的に近い機器等である。端末特性生成・判断部は、端末170が企業拠点内、拠点外のどちらからアクセスしているかを管理する。これにより、機密データを提供するか否かを判断することができ、セキュリティが向上する。 The terminal control unit 305 manages the characteristics of the terminal 170 and transmits a request to the terminal 170. The characteristics of the terminal 170 are, for example, the state of the surrounding environment of the terminal 170, the screen size, processing capability, data capacity, and communication speed of the terminal 170. The peripheral environment of the terminal 170 is, for example, a device that is inside or outside the company base, or physically close to the terminal 170. The terminal characteristic generation / determination unit manages whether the terminal 170 is accessing from inside or outside the company base. Thereby, it is possible to determine whether or not to provide confidential data, and security is improved.
 端末特性生成・判断部が、画面サイズ、処理能力、データ容量、通信速度を管理することにより、データ処理装置140での処理内容を最適化することができ、端末170の利用者の体感品質を向上させることができる。ここで、処理内容とは、例えば、動画の圧縮の有無やコーデックの種類、ビットレートの調整等である。端末170に送信する要求とは、例えば、処理負荷の増加に伴いデータ処理装置140へのアクセスの自粛要求や、他のデータ処理装置140へのアクセス要求などである。 The terminal characteristic generation / determination unit manages the screen size, processing capability, data capacity, and communication speed, so that the processing content in the data processing device 140 can be optimized, and the quality of experience of the user of the terminal 170 can be improved. Can be improved. Here, the processing content includes, for example, whether or not video is compressed, the type of codec, and the bit rate adjustment. The request transmitted to the terminal 170 is, for example, a request for self-access to the data processing device 140 or an access request to another data processing device 140 as the processing load increases.
 ストレージ制御部306は、同一のデータ処理装置140内外のデータ記憶部385に格納するデータを管理する。ストレージ制御部306は、データ処理装置140が複数のデータ記憶部385を保持する場合に、データ処理装置140内におけるデータの保存場所を管理する。ストレージ制御部306が、データが保存されるデータ処理装置140を管理してもよい。また、ストレージ制御部306は、データ記憶部385に格納されるデータをプライマリデータやセカンダリデータとして管理してもよいし、一時的なキャッシュとして管理してもよい。 The storage control unit 306 manages data stored in the data storage unit 385 inside and outside the same data processing device 140. The storage control unit 306 manages the storage location of data in the data processing device 140 when the data processing device 140 holds a plurality of data storage units 385. The storage control unit 306 may manage the data processing device 140 in which data is stored. The storage control unit 306 may manage data stored in the data storage unit 385 as primary data or secondary data, or may manage it as a temporary cache.
 サービス特性生成・判断部307は、サービスが要求する内容を示すサービス要件2200や周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100、サーバ特性情報1700を管理する。 The service characteristic generation / determination unit 307 manages the service requirement 2200 indicating the content requested by the service, the state information template 1100 of the surrounding environment, and the server characteristic information 1700.
 制御用データ記憶部350は、データ処理制御部300が使用するデータを格納する。制御用データ記憶部350は、周辺環境状態情報記憶部351、通信特性情報記憶部352、端末特性情報記憶部353、サービス特性情報記憶部354及びサーバ特性情報記憶部355から構成される。以下に制御用データ記憶部350が保持する情報を示す。 The control data storage unit 350 stores data used by the data processing control unit 300. The control data storage unit 350 includes a surrounding environment state information storage unit 351, a communication characteristic information storage unit 352, a terminal characteristic information storage unit 353, a service characteristic information storage unit 354, and a server characteristic information storage unit 355. The information held by the control data storage unit 350 is shown below.
 周辺環境状態情報記憶部351は、データ処理装置140の周辺環境の状態や特性を保持する記憶部である。周辺環境状態情報記憶部351は後述する周辺環境の状態情報1000、周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100を保持する。 The surrounding environment state information storage unit 351 is a storage unit that holds the state and characteristics of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140. The surrounding environment state information storage unit 351 holds surrounding environment state information 1000 and a surrounding environment state information template 1100 described later.
 通信特性情報記憶部352は、データ処理装置140間、データ処理装置140とアクセスポイント160、データ処理装置140と管理サーバ150間の通信の特性を保持する記憶部である。通信特性情報記憶部352は、後述する通信特性情報1500を保持する。 The communication characteristic information storage unit 352 is a storage unit that holds communication characteristics between the data processing devices 140, the data processing device 140 and the access point 160, and between the data processing device 140 and the management server 150. The communication characteristic information storage unit 352 holds communication characteristic information 1500 described later.
 端末特性情報記憶部353は、端末170の特性を保持する記憶部である。端末特性情報記憶部353は、端末ID、端末所有者所属組織ID、端末の周辺環境情報、画面サイズ、処理能力、データ容量及び通信速度を保持する。 The terminal characteristic information storage unit 353 is a storage unit that holds the characteristics of the terminal 170. The terminal characteristic information storage unit 353 holds the terminal ID, the terminal owner affiliation organization ID, the peripheral environment information of the terminal, the screen size, the processing capability, the data capacity, and the communication speed.
 端末IDは端末の識別子である。端末所有者所属組織IDは、端末所有者が所属する組織の識別子である。端末の周辺環境情報は、拠点内外情報、通信拠点内外情報、近傍機器IDまたはアクセスポイントIDに分類される。拠点内外情報とは、端末170が物理的に端末所有者と同一組織の拠点内に位置しているか、拠点外に位置しているかを示す情報である。通信拠点内外情報とは、端末170が端末所有者と同一組織の拠点内のネットワークから接続しているか、拠点外のネットワークから接続しているかを示す情報である。 The terminal ID is a terminal identifier. The terminal owner affiliation organization ID is an identifier of the organization to which the terminal owner belongs. The peripheral environment information of the terminal is classified into base internal / external information, communication base internal / external information, nearby device ID, or access point ID. The inside / outside base information is information indicating whether the terminal 170 is physically located within the base of the same organization as the terminal owner or outside the base. The communication base inside / outside information is information indicating whether the terminal 170 is connected from a network in a base of the same organization as the terminal owner or from a network outside the base.
 拠点内のネットワークには、VPN(Virtual Private Network)等によって構築された広域ネットワークも含まれる。近傍機器IDとは、端末利用者が建設機器や医療機器、農作機器等の管理や使用する際に、端末170に物理的に近い機器の識別子を示す。アクセスポイントIDとは、端末170がデータ処理装置140に通信接続する際に経由する、無線ルータ等のアクセスポイント160の識別子を示す。 The network in the base includes a wide area network constructed by VPN (Virtual Private Network) or the like. The nearby device ID indicates an identifier of a device that is physically close to the terminal 170 when the terminal user manages or uses a construction device, a medical device, a farming device, or the like. The access point ID indicates an identifier of the access point 160 such as a wireless router through which the terminal 170 is connected to the data processing apparatus 140 for communication.
 端末所有者所属組織IDと後述する周辺環境の状態情報1000の両方を保持することにより、端末所有者の所属組織毎に、データ処理装置140の周辺環境の状態とその変化に応じたデータ処理の判断が可能になる。例えば、データ処理装置140が停電や災害が発生したことを検知すると、警察や自治体等の公共組織に所属する端末所有者の端末170からデータ処理装置140にデータの参照や更新等のデータ処理要求があった場合に、優先していずれの処理を実行するかを判断することができる。なお、端末所有者の同一組織内においてもデータ処理に差異を持たせるため、端末所有者所属組織IDを階層化してもよい。 By holding both the terminal owner affiliation organization ID and the peripheral environment status information 1000 described later, the status of the peripheral environment of the data processing device 140 and the data processing corresponding to the change are made for each affiliation organization of the terminal owner. Judgment becomes possible. For example, when the data processing device 140 detects that a power outage or disaster has occurred, a data processing request such as data reference or update from the terminal owner terminal 170 belonging to a public organization such as the police or local government to the data processing device 140 When there is, it is possible to determine which process is executed with priority. Note that the terminal owner affiliation organization ID may be hierarchized in order to make a difference in data processing even within the same organization of the terminal owner.
 端末の画面サイズ、処理能力、データ容量、通信速度と、後述する周辺環境の状態情報1000の両方を保持することによって、データ処理装置140の周辺環境が変化した際に、端末170においてデータ処理装置140の処理内容を実行できあるかを適切に判断することができる。例えば、データ処理装置140の余剰電力量が減少して、消費電力を低減してデータ処理装置140の継続稼働時間を延ばすためにデータ処理装置140内の一部を停止する際、データ処理装置140が行っていた処理の一部を端末170が代行可能な性能を持つかを判断することができる。 By retaining both the screen size, processing capacity, data capacity, communication speed of the terminal, and status information 1000 of the surrounding environment described later, when the surrounding environment of the data processing apparatus 140 changes, the data processing apparatus in the terminal 170 It is possible to appropriately determine whether or not the processing content 140 can be executed. For example, when a part of the data processing device 140 is stopped in order to reduce the surplus power amount of the data processing device 140 and reduce the power consumption and extend the continuous operation time of the data processing device 140, the data processing device 140 It is possible to determine whether or not the terminal 170 has a performance that can perform part of the processing performed by the terminal 170.
 また、拠点内外情報や通信拠点内外情報を保持することによって、端末170に適切な情報を提供することが可能になる。例えば、拠点外に位置する端末170に対して、該端末170が利用可能なアプリケーションやデータを制限して、セキュリティを向上させることができる。また、拠点内外情報や通信拠点内外情報と、後述する周辺環境の状態情報1000の両方を保持することによって、端末170から送信されたデータの中身を確認せずに、機密性や秘匿性の高さを推定し、データ処理装置140が設置される場所の治安・管理体制・法規制を考慮して適切なデータ処理をすることができる。これにより、例えば、データ処理装置140の通信切替部は、データのすべての情報を確認せずに、データの一部の情報で転送先を判断することができ、データ処理部380の負荷を軽減することができる。 In addition, it is possible to provide appropriate information to the terminal 170 by holding the information on the inside and outside of the base and the information on the inside and outside of the communication base. For example, security can be improved by restricting applications and data that can be used by the terminal 170 to the terminal 170 located outside the base. In addition, by holding both the inside / outside base information and the inside / outside information of the communication base and the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment, which will be described later, high confidentiality and confidentiality can be achieved without checking the contents of the data transmitted from the terminal 170. The data can be estimated and the appropriate data processing can be performed in consideration of the security, management system and laws and regulations of the place where the data processing device 140 is installed. Thereby, for example, the communication switching unit of the data processing device 140 can determine the transfer destination based on a part of the information of the data without checking all the information of the data, thereby reducing the load on the data processing unit 380. can do.
 サービス特性情報記憶部354は、各サービスの要件、各サービスのデータ処理内容の処理内容とポリシ情報を保持する記憶部である。サービス特性情報記憶部354は、処理判断ポリシ情報1300、サービス要件2200、処理方法情報1900、処理対応可否情報2100を保持する。 The service characteristic information storage unit 354 is a storage unit that holds requirements for each service, processing contents of data processing contents of each service, and policy information. The service characteristic information storage unit 354 holds processing determination policy information 1300, service requirements 2200, processing method information 1900, and processing availability information 2100.
 サーバ特性情報記憶部355は、データ処理装置140の処理能力と特徴、稼働状況の情報を保持する。サーバ特性情報記憶部355は、後述するサーバ特性情報1700、サーバ特性-処理効果マッピング情報1800、サーバ内部稼働状況2300を保持する。 The server characteristic information storage unit 355 holds information on the processing capability and characteristics of the data processing device 140 and the operating status. The server characteristic information storage unit 355 holds server characteristic information 1700, server characteristic-processing effect mapping information 1800, and a server internal operation status 2300, which will be described later.
(1-4)各種データ
 まず、本実施形態において周辺環境状態情報記憶部351が保持する、周辺環境の状態情報1000及び周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100について説明する。
(1-4) Various Data First, the surrounding environment state information 1000 and the surrounding environment state information template 1100 held by the surrounding environment state information storage unit 351 in the present embodiment will be described.
 図4は、周辺環境の状態情報1000の一例を示す図表である。周辺環境の状態情報1000は、データ処理装置140の周辺環境の状態を示す情報であり、データ処理装置140は、周辺環境の状態情報1000をもとに、後述する、処理方法を判断する処理判断ポリシ情報1300を生成する。 FIG. 4 is a chart showing an example of state information 1000 of the surrounding environment. The surrounding environment state information 1000 is information indicating the state of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140. The data processing device 140 determines a processing method, which will be described later, based on the surrounding environment state information 1000. Policy information 1300 is generated.
 また、周辺環境の状態情報1000は、定期的に更新されるが、所定期間の過去の情報も保持される。データ処理装置140は、所定期間保持された過去の周辺環境の状態情報1000を利用して、将来の周辺環境の状態情報1000の変化を推定する。 Also, the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment is regularly updated, but past information for a predetermined period is also retained. The data processing device 140 estimates future changes in the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment using the past state information 1000 of the surrounding environment retained for a predetermined period.
 周辺環境の状態情報1000は、計測部391により計測された値と、後述する周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100をもとに生成される。図4に示すように、周辺環境の状態情報1000は、サーバID欄1001、環境特性ID欄1002、IPアドレス欄1003、測定可能な物理量欄1004、災害関連情報欄1005、治安・管理体制欄1006、法規制欄1007、インフラ整備状況欄1008及び余剰資源情報欄1009などから構成される。 The surrounding environment state information 1000 is generated based on a value measured by the measuring unit 391 and a surrounding environment state information template 1100 described later. As shown in FIG. 4, the surrounding environment status information 1000 includes a server ID column 1001, an environmental characteristic ID column 1002, an IP address column 1003, a measurable physical quantity column 1004, a disaster related information column 1005, and a security / management system column 1006. , A legal regulation column 1007, an infrastructure maintenance status column 1008, a surplus resource information column 1009, and the like.
 サーバID欄1001には、データ処理装置140の識別子が格納される。環境特性ID欄1002には、環境特性の識別子が格納され、環境特性IDにより、データ処理装置140の周辺環境の状態や特性がほぼ同じである環境特性が一意に識別される。IPアドレス欄1003には、データ処理装置140のIPアドレスが格納される。 In the server ID column 1001, an identifier of the data processing device 140 is stored. The environmental characteristic ID column 1002 stores an identifier of the environmental characteristic, and an environmental characteristic having substantially the same state and characteristic of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140 is uniquely identified by the environmental characteristic ID. The IP address column 1003 stores the IP address of the data processing device 140.
 測定可能な物理量欄1004には、位置(経緯・高度)、姿勢、速度、加速度、電力、余剰電力量、人影・障害物、光度、音量、音程、温度、湿度、風力、風向き、電磁波、粉塵または振動の測定値が格納される。上記したように、これらの測定値は、データ処理装置140に内蔵されたセンサで取得される。 The measurable physical quantity column 1004 includes position (background / altitude), posture, speed, acceleration, electric power, surplus electric energy, shadow / obstacle, luminous intensity, volume, pitch, temperature, humidity, wind force, wind direction, electromagnetic wave, dust Alternatively, vibration measurement values are stored. As described above, these measured values are acquired by a sensor built in the data processing device 140.
 位置(経緯・高度)は、データ処理装置140の物理的な位置を示す。姿勢は、データ処理装置140の向きと角度を示し、方位センサやジャイロセンサで取得される。速度は、データ処理装置140の移動速度を示し、速度計で取得される。加速度は、データ処理装置140の加速度を示し、加速度計で取得される。電力は、データ処理装置140に外部から供給される電力量を示し、電流計で計測される。余剰電力量は、データ処理装置140の非常用電源に蓄積される電力の残量を示し、電圧計で計測される。 The position (background / altitude) indicates the physical position of the data processing device 140. The posture indicates the direction and angle of the data processing device 140 and is acquired by an orientation sensor or a gyro sensor. The speed indicates the moving speed of the data processing device 140 and is acquired by a speedometer. The acceleration indicates the acceleration of the data processing device 140 and is acquired by an accelerometer. The electric power indicates the amount of electric power supplied to the data processing device 140 from the outside, and is measured by an ammeter. The surplus power amount indicates the remaining amount of power stored in the emergency power source of the data processing device 140 and is measured by a voltmeter.
 人影・障害物は、データ処理装置140周辺の人や障害物の有無を示し、データ処理装置140に内蔵されたカメラの撮影と画像処理によって取得される。音量は、周辺の音の大きさ(デシベル)を示し、音程はその音の音程とリズムを示す。音量及び音程は、マイクによって取得される。温度は周辺の気温、湿度は周辺の湿度を示し、それぞれ温度計、湿度計で取得される。風力は風の強さ、風向きは風の向きを示し、共に風力計で取得される。電磁波は、データ処理装置140が浴びる紫外線や赤外線、X線量を示し、電磁波測定器で取得される。粉塵は、黄砂や埃の量を示し、粉塵計で取得される。振動は、データ処理装置140の振動の周期と振幅を示し、振動計で取得される。 The human figure / obstacle indicates the presence or absence of a person or an obstacle around the data processing device 140, and is acquired by photographing and image processing of a camera built in the data processing device 140. The volume indicates the volume of the surrounding sound (in decibels), and the pitch indicates the pitch and rhythm of the sound. The volume and pitch are acquired by a microphone. The temperature indicates the ambient air temperature, and the humidity indicates the ambient humidity, which are acquired by a thermometer and a hygrometer, respectively. The wind force indicates the strength of the wind, and the wind direction indicates the wind direction, both of which are obtained by an anemometer. The electromagnetic wave indicates the ultraviolet ray, infrared ray, and X-ray dose that the data processing device 140 receives and is acquired by an electromagnetic wave measuring device. The dust indicates the amount of yellow sand and dust, and is acquired by a dust meter. The vibration indicates the period and amplitude of vibration of the data processing device 140 and is acquired by a vibrometer.
 上記した測定可能な物理量を保持することによって、データ処理装置140が設置される周辺環境の状態と状態変化を把握することができる。データ処理装置140は、測定可能な物理量によって、周辺環境の状態や状態の変化に適したデータ処理やデータ処理装置の挙動を判断することが可能になる。 By holding the above-described measurable physical quantities, it is possible to grasp the state of the surrounding environment where the data processing device 140 is installed and the state change. The data processing device 140 can determine the data processing suitable for the state of the surrounding environment and the change of the state and the behavior of the data processing device based on the measurable physical quantity.
 例えば、データ処理装置140は、姿勢を把握することによってデータ処理装置の転倒しやすさを推定することができる。また、速度、加速度、振動を計測して物理的な刺激を推定することができ、データ処理装置の物理的な破損の可能性に基づいて、データを保存するデータ処理装置を選択することができる。これにより、データ処理装置の一部が不安定な姿勢のデータ処理装置や速度、加速度、振動が大きく物理的な衝撃を受ける可能性が高いデータ処理装置である場合においても、高い稼働率が要求されるサービスのサービス断のリスクを低減し、長期保存が必要なデータや重要データの紛失リスクを低減することができる。 For example, the data processing device 140 can estimate the ease of the data processing device toppling by grasping the posture. It is also possible to estimate physical stimuli by measuring speed, acceleration, and vibration, and to select a data processing device for storing data based on the possibility of physical damage to the data processing device. . As a result, even if a part of the data processing device is an unstable posture data processing device or a data processing device that has a large possibility of being subjected to a physical shock with a large speed, acceleration, and vibration, a high operating rate is required. This reduces the risk of service interruption of the service being used and reduces the risk of losing data that requires long-term storage and important data.
 災害関連情報欄1005には、被災頻度、被災エリアID、インフラ復旧時間を示す値が格納される。被災頻度とは、データ処理装置140の正常稼働に影響を与える程度の積雪、寒波、猛暑の気候や、火災、津波、地震等の震災が発生する頻度を示す。被災エリアIDとは、同一の気候や震災の影響を受ける可能性がある物理的な区域の識別子を示す。インフラ復旧時間は、被災してインフラが正常に稼働しなくなった場合のインフラ復旧時間を示す。 The disaster-related information column 1005 stores values indicating damage frequency, damage area ID, and infrastructure recovery time. The frequency of damage indicates the frequency of occurrence of a snowfall, cold wave, or extremely hot climate that affects the normal operation of the data processing device 140, or an earthquake such as a fire, tsunami, or earthquake. The disaster area ID indicates an identifier of a physical area that may be affected by the same climate or earthquake. The infrastructure recovery time indicates the infrastructure recovery time when the infrastructure is not operating normally due to the disaster.
 被災頻度と被災エリアIDと後述する第2の実施形態に示す周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400とを保持することにより、データ処理装置140は、周辺環境の変化に基づいて、将来震災が来ることを予想して被災する前にデータ処理を変更することができる。例えば、被災エリアIDが大地震の頻度が高い地域を示す場合に、データ処理装置140の計測部391が地震のP波を検知、または、気象庁等からの緊急地震速報を受信すると、データ処理装置140が保持する重要データを、被災エリアIDが異なる他のデータ処理装置140に送信し、揮発性の記憶部に保持するデータを不揮発性の記憶部に保存して、不揮発性の記憶部を停止させることによってデータを保護することが可能となる。 By holding the damage frequency, the damage area ID, and the process determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes as described in the second embodiment, which will be described later, the data processing apparatus 140 can perform the future based on the change in the surrounding environment. Data processing can be changed before disasters occur in anticipation of the earthquake. For example, when the disaster area ID indicates an area where the frequency of large earthquakes is high, when the measurement unit 391 of the data processing device 140 detects an earthquake P wave or receives an earthquake early warning from the Japan Meteorological Agency, the data processing device The important data held by 140 is transmitted to another data processing device 140 having a different disaster area ID, the data held in the volatile storage unit is saved in the non-volatile storage unit, and the non-volatile storage unit is stopped. By doing so, it becomes possible to protect the data.
 被災エリアIDを保持することにより、被災エリアIDが異なるデータ処理装置140にデータをバックアップして、災害によってプライマリーとセカンダリデータの両方のデータが紛失するリスクを低減することができる。また、インフラ復旧時間を保持することにより、例えば、電力インフラに障害が発生した場合に、データ処理装置140が非常用電源506の余剰電力量でインフラ復旧するまでデータ処理装置140が稼働し続ける為に、単位時間当たりに消費できる消費電力量を把握することが可能となる。これにより、データ処理装置140内部の演算処理装置501等の一部の装置の稼働を停止して縮退運転する際に、停止させるべき装置数を把握することが可能となる。 By holding the disaster area ID, data can be backed up to the data processing device 140 with a different disaster area ID, and the risk of losing both primary and secondary data due to a disaster can be reduced. Further, by maintaining the infrastructure recovery time, for example, when a failure occurs in the power infrastructure, the data processing device 140 continues to operate until the data processing device 140 recovers the infrastructure with the surplus power of the emergency power source 506. In addition, it is possible to grasp the power consumption that can be consumed per unit time. As a result, when the operation of some of the devices such as the arithmetic processing device 501 in the data processing device 140 is stopped and the degenerate operation is performed, the number of devices to be stopped can be grasped.
 治安・管理体制欄1006には、治安、入隊管理、管理者スキル及び管理者倫理を示す情報が格納され、管理サーバ150の管理端末からの入力によって取得される。治安情報は、データ処理装置140が設置された地域の治安状況を示す。入隊管理情報は、データ処理装置140が設置される施設の物理的なセキュリティレベルを示す。管理者スキル情報は同施設、及び、データ処理装置140の現地管理者のスキルを示す。管理者倫理情報は、前記管理者の倫理レベルを示す。 The security / management system column 1006 stores information indicating security, enlistment management, manager skills, and manager ethics, and is acquired by input from the management terminal of the management server 150. The security information indicates the security status of the area where the data processing device 140 is installed. The enlistment management information indicates the physical security level of the facility where the data processing device 140 is installed. The manager skill information indicates the skill of the local manager of the facility and the data processing device 140. The manager ethics information indicates the ethics level of the manager.
 治安・管理体制欄1006に格納される情報をもとに、データ処理装置140は、治安や管理体制を考慮してデータ処理方法を判断することが可能となる。また、データ処理装置140を保持する企業や利用する企業のコーポレートガバナンスを満たすようにデータ処理方法を規定することが可能となる。例えば、機密情報等は治安がよく、管理体制が整った地域に設置されたデータ処理装置140に優先してデータを保存することができる。 Based on the information stored in the security / management system column 1006, the data processing device 140 can determine the data processing method in consideration of the security and management system. In addition, the data processing method can be defined so as to satisfy the corporate governance of the company that holds the data processing apparatus 140 and the company that uses it. For example, confidential information and the like can be stored preferentially over the data processing device 140 installed in an area where security is good and the management system is in place.
 法規制欄1007に格納される情報は、法律やコーポレートガバナンス上の規制によってデータ処理方法を規制する情報であり、データ移動規制、データ保存規制、データ活用規制、データ暗号化規制、著作権規制を示す情報が格納され、主に、管理サーバ150の管理端末からの入力によって取得される。データ移動規制情報は、データ処理装置140間のデータの転送の規制の程度を示す。データ保存規制情報は、データ処理装置140への保存可否を示す。データ活用規制情報は、端末170からの参照や更新、アプリケーションからの参照や更新の要求に対する可否を示す。 The information stored in the legal regulation column 1007 is information that regulates the data processing method according to laws and corporate governance regulations, and includes data movement regulation, data storage regulation, data utilization regulation, data encryption regulation, and copyright regulation. Information to be stored is stored, and is mainly acquired by input from the management terminal of the management server 150. The data movement restriction information indicates the degree of restriction of data transfer between the data processing devices 140. The data storage restriction information indicates whether data can be stored in the data processing device 140. The data utilization regulation information indicates whether or not the reference or update from the terminal 170 or the reference or update request from the application is acceptable.
 法規制欄1007に格納される情報によって、データ処理装置104が設置された国の外や企業拠点の外にデータを送信する場合に、データ処理装置104の周辺環境の状態情報の一つである設置される国の法規制や企業のコーポレートガバナンスに基づいて、データの機密部分や秘匿性の高い部分を削除してデータを送信するか否かの判断が可能となる。これにより、様々な国や企業拠点内外に散在するデータ処理装置104において、管理者や利用者がデータの機密部分や秘匿性の高い部分を手動で削除することなく、法令を順守することが可能となる。 This is one of the status information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 104 when data is transmitted outside the country where the data processing device 104 is installed or outside the company base according to the information stored in the legal regulation column 1007. Based on the laws and regulations of the country where the system is installed and the corporate governance of the company, it is possible to determine whether or not to transmit the data after deleting the confidential part or highly confidential part of the data. As a result, it is possible for administrators and users to comply with laws and regulations without manually deleting confidential or highly confidential parts of data in data processing devices 104 scattered inside and outside various countries and business locations. It becomes.
 また、データ処理装置104の周辺環境の状態情報の一つである位置情報、速度情報、加速度情報からデータ処理装置104が移動していることを把握することができる。例えば、データ処理装置104が国境を越える場合には、移動先の国の法規制に基づいて、自己のデータ処理装置内に保持しているデータの変換や、またはデータ処理装置104の移動先の国で規制されているデータを他の国に配置されたデータ処理装置104へ移動することが可能となる。 Further, it is possible to grasp that the data processing device 104 is moving from position information, velocity information, and acceleration information, which are one of the state information of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 104. For example, when the data processing device 104 crosses the border, based on the laws and regulations of the destination country, conversion of data held in its own data processing device or the destination of the data processing device 104 It becomes possible to move the data regulated in the country to the data processing device 104 arranged in another country.
 インフラ整備状況欄1008には、電力インフラ、通信インフラの整備状況を示す値が格納され、管理サーバ150の管理端末からの入力によって取得される。電力インフラの整備状況とは、外部からデータ処理装置140に供給される電力の安定性や、計画通電が行われる地域の通電時間の長さを示す。通信インフラの整備状況とは、データ処理装置140と端末170間、データ処理装置140間、データ処理装置140と管理サーバ150間を接続するネットワーク130の安定性や、切断時間の割合を示す。 The infrastructure maintenance status column 1008 stores values indicating the maintenance status of the power infrastructure and communication infrastructure, and is acquired by input from the management terminal of the management server 150. The maintenance status of the power infrastructure indicates the stability of the power supplied from the outside to the data processing device 140 and the length of the energization time in the area where the planned energization is performed. The communication infrastructure maintenance status indicates the stability of the network 130 connecting the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170, the data processing device 140, and the data processing device 140 and the management server 150, and the ratio of the disconnection time.
 電力インフラの整備状況の値を保持することにより、例えば、停電時においてもサービスを継続する必要があるアプリケーションに関連するデータを格納する際に、電力供給が安定しているデータ処理装置140を選択することができる。 By maintaining the value of the power infrastructure maintenance status, for example, when storing data related to an application that needs to continue service even in the event of a power failure, select a data processing device 140 with a stable power supply can do.
 また、通信インフラの整備状況の値を保持することによって、例えば、自動車等の移動体に搭載されるデータ処理装置140が圏外に移動して他のデータ処理装置140と通信断になる場合に、通信が接続している間に必要なデータを他のデータ処理装置140から取得したり、通信断が生じている場合に、他のデータ処理装置140に送信すべきデータを不要に再送する制御を繰り返し、ネットワーク130の資源を枯渇させることなく、通信が確立するまでデータを保存して待機したりすることができる。更に、通信断が発生した際に、予期しない通信障害ではなく、予期される通信断であると判断して、不要な通信断通知を管理サーバ150等に送信しないようにすることができる。 In addition, by maintaining the value of the communication infrastructure maintenance status, for example, when the data processing device 140 mounted on a moving body such as an automobile moves out of service area and communication with other data processing devices 140 is interrupted, Control to acquire necessary data from other data processing device 140 while communication is connected, or to unnecessarily retransmit data to be transmitted to other data processing device 140 when communication disconnection occurs It is possible to store data and wait until communication is established without repeatedly depleting the resources of the network 130. Furthermore, when a communication disconnection occurs, it can be determined that the communication is not an unexpected communication failure but an expected communication disconnection, and an unnecessary communication disconnection notification can be prevented from being transmitted to the management server 150 or the like.
 余剰資源情報欄1009には、余剰敷地面積、余剰電力、余剰回線帯域を示す情報が格納され、管理サーバ150からの入力によって取得される。余剰敷地面積は、余剰の敷地面積の観点から、データ処理装置140の設置箇所に追加でデータ処理装置140を設置可能な台数を示す。余剰電力は、余剰の供給電力量から、データ処理装置140の設置箇所に追加でデータ処理装置140を設置可能な台数を示す。余剰回線帯域は、通信回線の帯域または回線の本数の観点から、データ処理装置140を設置可能な台数を示す。 The surplus resource information column 1009 stores information indicating surplus site area, surplus power, and surplus line bandwidth, and is acquired by input from the management server 150. The surplus site area indicates the number of data processing devices 140 that can be additionally installed at the installation location of the data processing device 140 from the viewpoint of the surplus site area. The surplus power indicates the number of data processing devices 140 that can be additionally installed at the installation location of the data processing device 140 from the surplus supply power amount. The surplus line bandwidth indicates the number of data processing devices 140 that can be installed from the viewpoint of the bandwidth of the communication line or the number of lines.
 余剰敷地面積、余剰電力及び余剰回線帯域を保持することにより、将来、端末数の増加によってデータ処理装置140-1への処理負荷増化や保存するデータ量増加に伴い、データ処理装置140を追加で設置する際に何台設置可能かを、データ処理装置140の管理者が把握することができる。また、余剰資源情報と、後述のサーバ内部稼働状況2300と、サービス要件2200とを保持することによって、例えば、データ処理装置140が追加で設置可能なデータ処理装置数に限りがあり、かつ、自己のデータ処理装置140の未使用記憶部容量に限りがある場合に、高い応答性を要求しないサービスのデータの保存場所を、追加で多くのデータ処理装置数を設置可能な個所に設置されたデータ処理装置140、または、未使用記憶部容量に余裕があるデータ処理装置140に保存するようにすることができる。これにより、敷地面積や電力、通信回線を追加で確保することなく、より多くのデータを保存することが可能となる。 By retaining the surplus site area, surplus power, and surplus line bandwidth, the data processing device 140 is added as the number of terminals increases in the future and the processing load on the data processing device 140-1 increases and the amount of data to be stored increases. The manager of the data processing apparatus 140 can grasp how many units can be installed when installing the system. Further, by holding surplus resource information, a server internal operation status 2300, which will be described later, and a service requirement 2200, for example, the number of data processing devices that can be additionally installed by the data processing device 140 is limited, and self When the storage capacity of the unused data processing device 140 is limited, the data storage location of the service that does not require high responsiveness is additionally installed at a location where a large number of data processing devices can be installed. The data can be stored in the processing device 140 or the data processing device 140 having a sufficient unused storage capacity. As a result, more data can be stored without securing additional site area, power, and communication line.
 図5は、周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100の一例を示す図表である。周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100は、管理サーバ150が、データ処理装置140が計測可能である、周辺環境の状態情報1000の測定可能な物理量を元に、データ処理装置140が単独では把握困難である、災害関連情報、治安・管理体制、法規制、インフラ整備状況、及び、余剰資源情報を推定してデータ処理装置140に通知する情報である。 FIG. 5 is a chart showing an example of the state information template 1100 of the surrounding environment. The surrounding environment state information template 1100 is difficult for the management server 150 to grasp by itself based on the measurable physical quantity of the surrounding environment state information 1000 that the data processing device 140 can measure. It is information that estimates and notifies disaster-related information, security / management systems, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information to the data processing device 140.
 これらの情報は管理サーバ150からの入力、または、インターネットを介してウェブサイトから取得される。周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100は、周辺環境の状態情報1000の計測可能な物理量から、災害関連情報と、治安・管理体制と、法規制と、インフラ整備状況と、余剰資源情報とを推定する上で参照される情報である。 These pieces of information are acquired from the management server 150 or from a website via the Internet. The surrounding environment state information template 1100 estimates disaster-related information, security / management systems, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information from the measurable physical quantities of the surrounding environment state information 1000. It is the information referred to by.
 周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100は、環境特性ID欄1101と、条件値欄1102と、推定値欄1103とから構成される。環境特性ID欄1002には、環境特性の識別子が格納される。条件値欄1102には、周辺環境の状態情報1000のIPアドレス、及び、測定可能な物理量の各項目と同じ項目を含むが、各項目には値ではなく、条件を示す範囲が記載される。例えば、速度は0~1m/秒、温度は25~35℃等である。推定値欄1103には、周辺環境の状態情報1000の、災害関連情報と、治安・管理体制と、法規制と、インフラ整備状況と、余剰資源情報とが格納される。 The surrounding environment state information template 1100 includes an environment characteristic ID column 1101, a condition value column 1102, and an estimated value column 1103. The environmental characteristic ID column 1002 stores an identifier of the environmental characteristic. The condition value column 1102 includes the same items as the IP address of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment and the measurable physical quantity items, but each item describes a range indicating a condition, not a value. For example, the speed is 0 to 1 m / sec, and the temperature is 25 to 35 ° C. The estimated value column 1103 stores disaster-related information, security / management systems, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
 周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100に格納される情報をもとに、データ処理装置140は、周辺環境の状態情報1000の災害関連情報、治安・管理体制、法規制、インフラ整備状況、及び、余剰資源情報を把握することができる。 Based on the information stored in the surrounding environment state information template 1100, the data processing device 140 uses the surrounding environment state information 1000 for disaster-related information, security / management systems, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resources. Information can be grasped.
 次に、本実施形態においてサービス特性情報記憶部354が保持する、処理判断ポリシ情報1300、サービス要件2200、処理方法情報1900、処理対応可否情報2100について説明する。 Next, processing determination policy information 1300, service requirements 2200, processing method information 1900, and processing supportability information 2100 stored in the service characteristic information storage unit 354 in the present embodiment will be described.
 図6は、処理判断ポリシ情報1300の一例を示す図表である。処理判断ポリシ情報1300は、各データ処理装置140のサービスID毎に管理され、データ処理制御部300が、処理方法を判断するための判断基準を示す。 FIG. 6 is a chart showing an example of the processing determination policy information 1300. The processing determination policy information 1300 is managed for each service ID of each data processing device 140, and indicates a determination criterion for the data processing control unit 300 to determine a processing method.
 処理判断ポリシ情報1300は、分類欄1301、評価項目欄1302、要求値欄1303、環境基準値欄1304、アプリ処理欄1305、加工・変換欄1306、転送欄1307及び保存欄1308から構成される。 The process determination policy information 1300 includes a classification column 1301, an evaluation item column 1302, a request value column 1303, an environment reference value column 1304, an application processing column 1305, a processing / conversion column 1306, a transfer column 1307, and a storage column 1308.
 分類欄1301には、評価項目の分類を示す情報が格納され、評価項目の分類としては、可用性、完全性、確実性、機密性、応答性、拡張性、効率、コストなどが挙げられる。データ処理装置140は、データ処理方法を判断する上で、周辺環境の状態で決まる環境基準値と要求値が、アプリ処理や加工・変換、転送、保存等のデータ処理方法の列に記載される条件文を満たす場合に同箇所に規定されたアクションを参照する事によってデータ処理内容を把握する。 The classification column 1301 stores information indicating the classification of the evaluation item, and the classification of the evaluation item includes availability, completeness, certainty, confidentiality, responsiveness, expandability, efficiency, cost, and the like. In determining the data processing method, the data processing device 140 describes the environment reference value and the required value determined by the state of the surrounding environment in the column of the data processing method such as application processing, processing / conversion, transfer, and storage. When the conditional statement is satisfied, the data processing contents are grasped by referring to the action defined in the same place.
 なお、条件文に規定される条件の一つに時間帯が規定されてもよい。条件文に時間帯を規定することにより、各時間帯で異なるアクションを規定することが可能になる。これにより、データ処理装置140は、後述する第2の実施形態において、データ処理装置140が周辺環境の状態変化後に、リアクティブにデータ処理方法を変更するのではなく、ある日時において予想される周辺環境の変化を予想して、データ処理方法を規定することができる。 Note that the time zone may be specified as one of the conditions specified in the conditional statement. By specifying the time zone in the conditional statement, it is possible to specify different actions in each time zone. As a result, in the second embodiment described later, the data processing device 140 does not change the data processing method reactively after the data processing device 140 changes the state of the surrounding environment, but the surroundings expected at a certain date and time. In anticipation of environmental changes, data processing methods can be defined.
 なお、ある日時において周辺環境の変化を予想する方法は、第2の実施形態に示す周辺環境の状態が周期的に変化する場合に、同一周期で周辺環境の状態変化が発生することを予想する方法が挙げられる。また、ある周辺環境の状態変化が発生する一定時間Δt前に、その予兆として類似した周辺環境の変化が繰り返し発生する場合に、同様の予兆を検知すると、Δt後に周辺環境の状態が変化することを予想する方法などが挙げられる。以下、評価項目の各項目について説明する。 Note that the method for predicting a change in the surrounding environment at a certain date and time predicts that a change in the state of the surrounding environment occurs in the same cycle when the state of the surrounding environment shown in the second embodiment periodically changes. A method is mentioned. In addition, if a similar change in the surrounding environment is repeatedly generated as a predictor for a certain time Δt before a change in the state of a certain surrounding environment occurs, the state of the surrounding environment will change after Δt if a similar sign is detected. And a method for predicting Hereinafter, each item of the evaluation items will be described.
 可用性は、サービス断のリスクを示す。完全性は、データの紛失や盗難リスクを示す。確実性は異常時等に正常に動作しないリスクを示す。機密性はデータが流出するリスクを示す。応答性は端末170やデータ処理装置140からの要求に応答するまでの時間(処理遅延を含むRTT)を示す。拡張性はデータ処理装置140の処理遅延を示す。効率はデータ処理装置140の発電効率や空調効率を示す。コストは通信や電力コスト、保守コストを示す。 Availability indicates the risk of service interruption. Integrity indicates the risk of data loss or theft. Certainty indicates the risk of malfunctioning in the event of an abnormality. Confidentiality indicates the risk of data leakage. Responsiveness indicates time (RTT including processing delay) until response to a request from the terminal 170 or the data processing device 140. Extensibility indicates a processing delay of the data processing device 140. Efficiency indicates the power generation efficiency and air conditioning efficiency of the data processing device 140. The cost indicates communication, power cost, and maintenance cost.
 評価項目は、サービスが情報処理システムに要求するサービス要件の項目である。評価項目は、可用性、完全性、気密性、応答性、拡張性、効率、コストの各分類項目に分類される。障害復旧時間、稼働率及び継続時間は可用性に分類される。紛失率、盗難率及び外部接続性は完全性に分類される。エリア外持ち出しは機密性に分類される。応答性は応答性に分類される。拡張性は拡張性に分類される。空調、発電は効率に分類される。合計コスト、通信・電力コスト及び保守コストはコストに分類される。 The evaluation item is an item of service requirements that the service requests from the information processing system. Evaluation items are classified into the following categories: availability, completeness, airtightness, responsiveness, scalability, efficiency, and cost. Failure recovery time, availability and duration are classified as availability. Loss rate, theft rate and external connectivity are classified as completeness. Taking out of the area is classified as confidentiality. Responsiveness is classified as responsiveness. Extensibility is classified as extensibility. Air conditioning and power generation are classified as efficiency. The total cost, communication / power cost, and maintenance cost are classified into costs.
 障害復旧時間は、データ処理装置140、管理サーバ150またはネットワーク130で障害が発生した時点からサービスが復旧するまでの時間を示す。稼働率は、所定期間にサービスが稼働している時間の割合を示す。継続時間は、データ処理装置140間、及び、端末170とデータ処理装置140間で通信可能であり、サービスが継続して提供可能な時間を示す。継続時間は、例えば、電力が24時間365日提供されない、計画通電の地域で稼働する場合や、自動車等に搭載されるデータ処理装置140が通信圏内と圏外を移動する場合に、データ処理装置140が継続して稼働できる時間を示す。 The failure recovery time indicates the time from when a failure occurs in the data processing device 140, the management server 150, or the network 130 until the service is recovered. The operation rate indicates a ratio of time during which the service is operating in a predetermined period. The duration indicates a time during which communication is possible between the data processing devices 140 and between the terminal 170 and the data processing device 140 and the service can be continuously provided. For example, when the data processing device 140 is operated in a planned energized area where power is not provided for 24 hours 365 days, or when the data processing device 140 mounted in an automobile or the like moves between the communication range and the outside of the communication range, the data processing device 140 Indicates the time that can be continuously operated.
 紛失率は、データ処理装置140に格納されるデータが紛失する確率を示す。複数のデータ処理装置140に同一のデータが格納される場合、全てのデータ処理装置140に格納されるデータが紛失する確率を示す。 The loss rate indicates a probability that data stored in the data processing device 140 is lost. When the same data is stored in a plurality of data processing devices 140, it indicates the probability that data stored in all the data processing devices 140 will be lost.
 盗難率は、データ処理装置140に格納されるデータが、データ処理装置140の物理的な盗難によって、盗難される確率を示す。複数のデータ処理装置140に同一のデータが格納される場合、1つ以上のデータ処理装置140に格納されるデータが盗難される確率を示す。 The theft rate indicates the probability that the data stored in the data processing device 140 is stolen by the physical theft of the data processing device 140. When the same data is stored in a plurality of data processing devices 140, the probability that the data stored in one or more data processing devices 140 is stolen is shown.
 外部接続性とは、データ処理装置140に格納されるデータが、ハッキング等の想定外のサーバやPCからの接続等によって、盗難されるリスクを示す。外部接続性は、外部ネットワーク遮断、VPN接続、インターネット接続等のレベルで評価される。複数のデータ処理装置140に同一のデータが格納される場合、1つ以上のデータ処理装置140に格納されるデータが盗難される確率を示す。 External connectivity refers to the risk that data stored in the data processing device 140 is stolen by connection from an unexpected server or PC such as hacking. External connectivity is evaluated at the level of external network interruption, VPN connection, Internet connection, and the like. When the same data is stored in a plurality of data processing devices 140, the probability that the data stored in one or more data processing devices 140 is stolen is shown.
 外部持ち出しは、データ処理装置140の物理的な搬出容易性のレベルを示す。外部持ち出しは、データ処理装置140の設置箇所、例えば、屋内外、建屋の入退室管理等によって評価される。 “External take-out” indicates the level of physical carry-out ease of the data processing device 140. External take-out is evaluated by the installation location of the data processing device 140, for example, indoor / outdoor, building entrance / exit management, and the like.
 応答性は、端末170やデータ処理装置140からの要求に応答するまでの時間(処理遅延を含むRTT)を示す。 Responsiveness indicates time (RTT including processing delay) until response to a request from the terminal 170 or the data processing device 140.
 拡張性は、既存の電源や通信回線、敷地面積の条件下で、追加で設置可能なデータ処理装置140の台数を示す。 Expandability indicates the number of data processing devices 140 that can be additionally installed under the conditions of existing power supply, communication line, and site area.
 空調は、データ処理装置140の発熱・除熱装置の稼働効率を示す。発電は、データ処理装置140の、太陽光発電等の発電装置の稼働効率を示す。 Air conditioning indicates the operating efficiency of the heat generation / heat removal device of the data processing device 140. Power generation indicates the operating efficiency of the power generation device such as solar power generation of the data processing device 140.
 合計コストは、通信・電力コストと保守コストの合計を示す。通信・電力コストは、通信にかかるコストと電力消費にかかるコストの合計を示す。通信量と通信回線から通信にかかるコストが算出され、消費電力量から電力にかかるコストが算出される。保守コストとは、運用管理者が保守するのにかかるコストを示す。保守コストは、年間に必要なデータ処理装置140の交換回数と交換時にかかるコストによって算出される。これらの値は事前に運用管理者によって入力される。以上、評価項目について説明した。 The total cost indicates the total of communication / power costs and maintenance costs. The communication / power cost indicates the sum of the cost for communication and the cost for power consumption. The communication cost is calculated from the communication amount and the communication line, and the power cost is calculated from the power consumption. The maintenance cost indicates a cost required for maintenance by the operation manager. The maintenance cost is calculated from the number of replacements of the data processing device 140 required per year and the cost required for the replacement. These values are input in advance by the operations manager. The evaluation items have been described above.
 次に、要求値、環境基準値、アプリ処理、加工・変換、転送、保存について説明する。要求値とは、各サービスが要求するサービス要件である。すなわち、各評価項目の値が要求値を満たすことが求められる。要求値は、満たすことが好ましいことを示す目標値と、必ず満たさなければならないことを示す許容値を含む。 Next, the required value, environmental standard value, application processing, processing / conversion, transfer, and storage will be described. The request value is a service requirement requested by each service. That is, it is required that the value of each evaluation item satisfies the required value. The required value includes a target value indicating that it is preferable to satisfy the requirement value and an allowable value indicating that it must be satisfied.
 要求値に目標値及び許容値が含まれることにより、停電や被災等の異常時に目標値を達成できない場合においても、一部の品質を許容値まで下げる判断をすることができ、目標値を満たせない場合においても最低限度の要求値を満たすよう制御することができる。 By including the target value and the allowable value in the required value, even if the target value cannot be achieved in the event of an abnormality such as a power outage or disaster, it is possible to make a judgment to reduce some of the quality to the allowable value and satisfy the target value. Even in the case where there is not, control can be performed so as to satisfy the minimum required value.
 環境基準値とは、データ処理装置140が設置される場所の周辺環境によって決まる値である。環境基準値が小さいほど、周辺環境の状態が悪いことを示し、要求値を満たし難いことを示す。例えば、データ処理装置140の速度や加速度が大きい場合には、静止しているデータ処理装置140に比べて、データ処理装置140が物理的に破損する可能性が高く、その分、内部に格納されるデータを参照できなくなる可能性が高い。すなわち、データ処理装置140の速度と加速度が大きいほど、紛失率の環境基準値は小さくなる。なお、環境基準値は、周辺環境の状態情報1000に加えて、サーバ特性情報1700と通信特性情報1500を元に計算してもよい。 The environmental standard value is a value determined by the surrounding environment where the data processing device 140 is installed. The smaller the environmental standard value, the worse the surrounding environment is, and it is difficult to satisfy the required value. For example, when the speed or acceleration of the data processing device 140 is large, the data processing device 140 is more likely to be physically damaged than the stationary data processing device 140, and is stored in that amount. There is a high possibility that it will not be possible to refer to data. That is, the greater the speed and acceleration of the data processing device 140, the smaller the environmental reference value for the loss rate. The environmental reference value may be calculated based on the server characteristic information 1700 and the communication characteristic information 1500 in addition to the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
 環境基準値を保持することにより、データ処理方法を判断する際に、各データ処理装置140の周辺環境の状態を考慮することが可能になり、全てのデータ処理装置140が堅牢な建屋等に保護された均一な環境に配置されない場合においても、最適なデータ処理装置140で適したデータ処理や保存を行うことができ、周辺環境の影響を低減することができる。 By maintaining the environmental reference value, it becomes possible to consider the state of the surrounding environment of each data processing device 140 when determining the data processing method, and all the data processing devices 140 are protected in a robust building or the like. Even when the data is not arranged in a uniform environment, it is possible to perform appropriate data processing and storage by the optimum data processing device 140, and to reduce the influence of the surrounding environment.
 アプリ処理欄1305、加工・変換欄1306、転送欄1307及び保存欄1308の各項目には、各処理を実施するか否かを判断するための条件文と条件を満たす場合のアクションが記載される。アクションには、必ず実行することを示すMUSTと、実行した方がよいことを示すSHOULDと、実行してもよいことを示すMAYの3種類が含まれる。 In each item of the application process column 1305, the processing / conversion column 1306, the transfer column 1307, and the save column 1308, a conditional statement for determining whether or not to execute each process and an action when the condition is satisfied are described. . The action includes three types: MUST indicating that the action is to be executed, SHOULD indicating that the action should be executed, and MAY indicating that the action may be executed.
 例えば、アクションとして、障害復旧時間の行の許容値が120s、環境基準値が150s、転送の条件文が、許容値が環境基準値よりも大きいと記載され、条件を満たす場合に自己のデータ処理装置140と通信遅延が最も小さいデータ処理装置とに受信したデータを送信することがMUSTであることが記載されたりする。なお、上記条件文は条件を満たすため、通信遅延が最も小さいデータ処理装置に受信したデータが転送されることとなる。以下にアプリ処理、加工・変換、転送、保存の各項目について説明する。 For example, as an action, the tolerance value of the fault recovery time line is 120 s, the environmental standard value is 150 s, and the transfer condition statement is described as the allowable value is larger than the environmental standard value. It is described that it is MUST to transmit the received data to the device 140 and the data processing device with the smallest communication delay. Since the conditional statement satisfies the condition, the received data is transferred to the data processing apparatus with the smallest communication delay. Each item of application processing, processing / conversion, transfer, and storage will be described below.
 アプリ処理欄1305には、データ処理装置140に格納されるアプリケーションによって実行される処理内容が格納される。分散処理を考慮したプログラムの場合、アプリ処理欄1305には、処理1、処理2等複数の処理が分割して格納される。 The application processing column 1305 stores processing contents executed by the application stored in the data processing device 140. In the case of a program considering distributed processing, a plurality of processes such as process 1 and process 2 are divided and stored in the application process column 1305.
 加工・変換欄1306には、統計・抽象化、部分削除、統合、分割、暗号化を示す情報が格納される。統計・抽象化は、センサ等の時系列データの時間間隔を延伸したデータ作成、画像や動画データの解像度や音声データの音質を下げたデータ作成など、データ量を削減する処理である。データの統計・抽象化により、保存するデータ量や通信量を削減することができる。部分削除は、機密データや秘匿データの一部を削除することである。部分削除により、国外や企業拠点外にデータを送信する際に、削除が必要な部分を削除して送信し、法規制やコーポレートガバナンスの規定を満たすことができる。統合とは、類似する情報を統合する処理である。統合により、複数のセンサが生成する類似データをまとめることができ、保存するデータ量や通信量を削減することができる。分割とは、データを有意な複数の部分データに分離する処理である。分割により、部分データ毎に、最も頻繁に参照する端末170にネットワークトポロジ上で近いデータ処理装置140に、データを保存することによって通信量を削減し、また端末170が部分データを参照する際の応答性を向上することができる。暗号化はデータを暗号化する処理である。 The processing / conversion column 1306 stores information indicating statistics / abstraction, partial deletion, integration, division, and encryption. Statistical / abstraction is a process for reducing the amount of data, such as data creation by extending the time interval of time series data such as sensors, data creation by reducing the resolution of image and moving image data and sound quality of audio data. Data statistics and abstraction can reduce the amount of data to be saved and the amount of communication. Partial deletion is to delete a part of confidential data or confidential data. With partial deletion, when data is transmitted outside the country or business base, the portion that needs to be deleted can be deleted and transmitted to meet the regulations of laws and regulations and corporate governance. Integration is a process of integrating similar information. By integration, similar data generated by a plurality of sensors can be collected, and the amount of data to be saved and the amount of communication can be reduced. The division is a process of separating data into a plurality of significant partial data. Due to the division, for each partial data, the communication amount is reduced by storing the data in the data processing device 140 that is close to the terminal 170 that is most frequently referred to on the network topology, and when the terminal 170 refers to the partial data. Responsiveness can be improved. Encryption is a process of encrypting data.
 転送欄1307には、転送先、優先度、時刻、経路/回線種別を示す情報が格納される。転送先はデータを転送する際の転送先のデータ処理装置140の識別子である。優先度は、複数のデータを転送する際の転送の順番を決める優先順位である。時刻は、転送を時刻指定で行う場合の転送開始時刻を示す。経路/回線種別は通信経路と回線種別を示す。 The transfer column 1307 stores information indicating the transfer destination, priority, time, and route / line type. The transfer destination is an identifier of the data processing device 140 that is the transfer destination when transferring data. The priority is a priority order that determines the order of transfer when transferring a plurality of data. The time indicates the transfer start time when the transfer is performed with time designation. The route / line type indicates a communication route and a line type.
 保存欄1308には、抽象保存、部分保存、全保存を含む。抽象保存は、統計・抽象化したデータの保存を示す。部分保存は、部分削除したデータの保存を示す。全保存は、受信したほぼ全てのデータを保存することを示す。 The save column 1308 includes abstract save, partial save, and full save. Abstract storage indicates the storage of statistical / abstracted data. Partial storage indicates storage of partially deleted data. Save all indicates that almost all received data is saved.
 図7は、サービス要件2200の一例を示す図表である。サービス要件2200は、サービスID毎に管理され、各サービスが分散処理システムに要求する要件が格納される。サービス要件2200は、分類欄2201、評価項目欄2202、要求レベル欄2203及び各サービスの識別子であるサービスID欄2204から構成される。 FIG. 7 is a chart showing an example of the service requirement 2200. The service requirement 2200 is managed for each service ID, and stores requirements that each service requests from the distributed processing system. The service requirement 2200 includes a classification column 2201, an evaluation item column 2202, a request level column 2203, and a service ID column 2204 that is an identifier of each service.
 分類欄2201及び評価項目欄2202には、それぞれ、処理判断ポリシ情報1300の分類欄1301及び評価項目欄1302と同様の情報が格納される。要求レベル欄2203には、各評価項目に対する目標値と許容値が格納される。目標値は、サービスが最適に動作する上で要求する値を示し、許容値はサービスが正常に動作する上で要求する値を示す。 In the classification column 2201 and the evaluation item column 2202, information similar to the classification column 1301 and the evaluation item column 1302 of the processing determination policy information 1300 is stored, respectively. The request level column 2203 stores a target value and an allowable value for each evaluation item. The target value indicates a value required for optimal operation of the service, and the allowable value indicates a value required for normal operation of the service.
 図8は、処理方法情報1900の一例を示す図表である。処理方法情報1900は、データ処理装置140毎に管理され、データ処理装置140が受信したデータを処理する方法を示す。処理方法情報1900は、図8に示すように、サーバID欄1901、サービスID欄1902、アプリ処理欄1903、加工・変換欄1904、転送欄1905及び保存欄1906から構成される。 FIG. 8 is a chart showing an example of the processing method information 1900. The processing method information 1900 is managed for each data processing device 140 and indicates a method for processing data received by the data processing device 140. As shown in FIG. 8, the processing method information 1900 includes a server ID column 1901, a service ID column 1902, an application processing column 1903, a processing / conversion column 1904, a transfer column 1905, and a storage column 1906.
 サーバID1901には、サーバの識別子が格納される。サービスID欄1902には、サービスの識別子が格納される。アプリ処理欄1903、加工・変換欄1904、転送欄1905及び保存欄1906の各項目には、それぞれ、処理判断ポリシ情報1300のアプリ処理欄1305、加工・変換欄1306、転送欄1905及び保存欄1906で規定されるアクションに対応する値が格納される。 The server ID 1901 stores a server identifier. The service ID column 1902 stores service identifiers. The application processing column 1903, the processing / conversion column 1904, the transfer column 1905, and the storage column 1906 include an application processing column 1305, a processing / conversion column 1306, a transfer column 1905, and a storage column 1906 of the processing determination policy information 1300, respectively. Stores a value corresponding to the action specified in.
 図9は、処理対応可否情報2100の一例を示す図表である。処理対応可否情報2100は、データ処理装置140毎に管理され、データ処理装置140が他のデータ処理装置140からデータ処理要求を受け取った場合に、データ処理への対応可否を通知する情報である。また、他のデータ処理装置140からの処理要求に対する対応の可否を示す。 FIG. 9 is a chart showing an example of the processing supportability information 2100. The processing supportability information 2100 is information that is managed for each data processing device 140, and notifies the availability of data processing when the data processing device 140 receives a data processing request from another data processing device 140. Further, it indicates whether or not it is possible to respond to a processing request from another data processing apparatus 140.
 処理対応可否情報2100は、サーバID欄2101、サービスID欄2102、アプリ処理欄2103、加工・変換欄2104、転送欄2105及び保存欄2106から構成される。各項目は処理方法情報1900と同様であり、サーバID欄2101及びサービスID欄2102を除く他の項目には、データ処理に対する対応可否が記載される。 The processing availability information 2100 includes a server ID column 2101, a service ID column 2102, an application processing column 2103, a processing / conversion column 2104, a transfer column 2105, and a storage column 2106. Each item is the same as the processing method information 1900, and the items other than the server ID column 2101 and the service ID column 2102 describe whether or not it is possible to handle data processing.
 次に、サーバ特性情報記憶部355が保持する、サーバ特性情報1700及びサーバ内部稼働状況2300について説明する。 Next, the server characteristic information 1700 and the server internal operation status 2300 held by the server characteristic information storage unit 355 will be described.
 図10は、サーバ特性情報1700の一例を示す図表である。サーバ特性情報1700は、データ処理装置140毎に管理され、データ処理装置140が処理判断ポリシを生成するために利用される。サーバ特性情報1700は、分類欄1801、評価項目欄1802及びサーバID毎の対応可否欄1803から構成される。分類は、基本性能と、特殊演算能力、管理属性を含む。項目は、基本性能に含まれる演算能力と記憶部容量、特殊演算能力に含まれるKVSとStreaming処理、管理属性に含まれる所有者と用途に分類される。演算能力は、CPU等の演算処理装置の演算速度を示す。記憶部容量は、記憶部がデータを保存する容量を示す。KVSは記憶部のKVS(Key Value Store)への対応可否を示す。Streaming処理は、Streaming処理への処理能力を示す。 FIG. 10 is a chart showing an example of the server characteristic information 1700. The server characteristic information 1700 is managed for each data processing device 140 and is used by the data processing device 140 to generate a processing determination policy. The server characteristic information 1700 includes a classification field 1801, an evaluation item field 1802, and a correspondence availability field 1803 for each server ID. The classification includes basic performance, special computing capability, and management attributes. Items are classified into computing capacity and storage capacity included in basic performance, KVS and streaming processing included in special computing capacity, and owner and use included in management attributes. The calculation capability indicates the calculation speed of an arithmetic processing device such as a CPU. The storage unit capacity indicates a capacity in which the storage unit stores data. KVS indicates whether the storage unit is compatible with KVS (Key Value Store). The Streaming process indicates the processing capability for the Streaming process.
 サーバ特性情報1700に基本性能の情報に加えて、特殊演算能力の情報が保持することにより、KVSやStreaming処理に対応するデータ処理装置140と対応しないデータ処理装置140が混在する環境においても、データ処理装置140間で適切な処理を要求し合うことができる。 In the server characteristic information 1700, in addition to the basic performance information, the information on the special computing capability is retained, so that the data processing device 140 corresponding to the KVS or Streaming process and the data processing device 140 not corresponding to the data can be mixed. Appropriate processing can be requested between the processing devices 140.
 所有者は、データ処理装置140の所有者、または所有者の所属組織を示す。用途は、データ処理装置140の使用可能なユーザの範囲を示し、単一用途専用、同一所有者内での共用、異なる所有者間での共用に分類される。仮想化技術を用いて、データ処理装置140を内部のリソースを論理的に複数の論理リソースに分割し、論理リソース毎に所有者や用途を規定してもよい。 The owner indicates the owner of the data processing apparatus 140 or the organization to which the owner belongs. The usage indicates a range of usable users of the data processing apparatus 140, and is classified into single use only, sharing within the same owner, and sharing among different owners. The virtualization apparatus may be used to logically divide the internal resources of the data processing apparatus 140 into a plurality of logical resources and define the owner and usage for each logical resource.
 また、所有者情報を保持することにより、データ処理装置140を様々な所有者が利用する場合やリソースを所有者間で共有する場合においても、データ処理装置140間で適切な処理を要求し合うことができる。 In addition, by holding the owner information, even when various owners use the data processing device 140 or when the resource is shared among the owners, appropriate processing is requested between the data processing devices 140. be able to.
 図11は、サーバ内稼働状況2300の一例を示す図表である。サーバ内稼働状況2300は、データ処理装置140毎に管理され、データ処理装置140が、主に第2の実施形態において説明する周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700を生成する際に利用される。サーバ内稼働状況2300は、データ処理装置140を構成する各構成装置の稼働状況や特性を示し、構成装置を稼働や停止させることによる処理能力や消費電力への影響、及び、データ処理部やサービスへの影響を把握するために利用される。 FIG. 11 is a chart showing an example of the operation status 2300 in the server. The in-server operating status 2300 is managed for each data processing device 140, and is used when the data processing device 140 generates server behavior information 2700 at the time of state change of the surrounding environment mainly described in the second embodiment. The The in-server operating status 2300 indicates the operating status and characteristics of each component device that constitutes the data processing device 140, the influence on the processing capacity and power consumption caused by operating and stopping the component device, and the data processing unit and service. Used to understand the impact on
 サーバ内稼働状況2300は、構成装置欄2301、稼働状況欄2302、消費電力欄2303、最大能力欄2304、使用率欄2305、停止可否欄2306、停止時の影響データ処理部欄2307及び停止時の影響サービス欄2308から構成される。 The in-server operating status 2300 includes a configuration device column 2301, an operating status column 2302, a power consumption column 2303, a maximum capacity column 2304, a usage rate column 2305, a stoppage availability column 2306, a stop effect data processing unit column 2307, and a stop status. It has an influence service column 2308.
 構成装置欄2301には、データ処理装置140の物理構成に示す構成要素の識別子が格納される。すなわち、構成装置は、演算処理装置、外部記憶装置、内部記憶装置、通信切替装置、電源、非常用電源、無線送受信装置、センサ、入出力装置、スピーカ、駆動装置、ランプ、発電装置または発熱/除熱装置の識別子が格納される。データ処理装置140が各構成装置を複数含む場合は、構成装置毎の識別子が格納される。例えば、3つの演算処理装置を含む場合、演算処理装置1、演算処理装置2、演算処理装置3の3項目が格納される。 The component device column 2301 stores identifiers of the component elements shown in the physical configuration of the data processing device 140. That is, the component device is an arithmetic processing device, an external storage device, an internal storage device, a communication switching device, a power supply, an emergency power supply, a wireless transmission / reception device, a sensor, an input / output device, a speaker, a drive device, a lamp, a power generation device, or a heat generation / The identifier of the heat removal device is stored. When the data processing device 140 includes a plurality of component devices, an identifier for each component device is stored. For example, when three arithmetic processing devices are included, three items of the arithmetic processing device 1, the arithmetic processing device 2, and the arithmetic processing device 3 are stored.
 稼働状況欄2302には、各構成装置の稼働状況を示す情報が格納され、正常に稼働しているか、異常か、停止しているかを示す情報が格納される。消費電力欄2303には、各構成装置が消費する電力量を示す情報が格納される。 The operating status column 2302 stores information indicating the operating status of each component device, and stores information indicating whether the component is operating normally, abnormally, or stopped. The power consumption column 2303 stores information indicating the amount of power consumed by each component device.
 最大能力欄2304には、各構成装置の発揮できる最大能力を示す情報が格納される。例えば、演算処理装置では演算処理能力を、外部記憶装置や内部記憶装置では記憶容量、通信切替装置では最大スループット、非常用電源では最大蓄積電力、発電装置では最大発電能力を示す情報が格納される。使用率欄2305には、各構成装置が、直近のある時刻において使用する能力を最大能力で除した値が格納される。例えば、演算処理装置ではCPU使用率等である。 The maximum capacity column 2304 stores information indicating the maximum capacity that each component device can exhibit. For example, the processing unit stores information indicating the processing capacity, the storage capacity of the external storage device or the internal storage device, the maximum throughput of the communication switching device, the maximum accumulated power of the emergency power supply, and the maximum power generation capacity of the power generation device. . The usage rate column 2305 stores a value obtained by dividing the capability used by each component device at the most recent time by the maximum capability. For example, in the arithmetic processing unit, the CPU usage rate or the like.
 停止可否欄2306には、各構成装置の停止の可否を示す情報が格納される。この情報により、停電時等に装置を停止することで影響が及ぶサービスを考慮して停止する装置を決定することができる。停止時の影響データ処理部欄2307には、構成装置を停止することにより影響が生じる、同一データ処理装置140内の構成装置の識別子が格納される。停止時の影響サービス欄2308には、構成装置を停止することにより影響が生じるサービスの識別子が格納される。 The stop availability column 2306 stores information indicating whether each component device can be stopped. With this information, it is possible to determine a device to be stopped in consideration of services that are affected by stopping the device in the event of a power failure or the like. In the influence data processing section field 2307 at the time of stop, the identifiers of the constituent devices in the same data processing device 140 that are affected by stopping the constituent devices are stored. In the influence service column 2308 at the time of stop, an identifier of a service that is affected by stopping the component device is stored.
 データ処理装置140は、サーバ内稼働状況2300と第2の実施形態に示す周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400の両方を保持することにより、データ処理装置140の周辺環境の状態に対するサービスやデータ処理部への影響を低減することができる。特に、供給される電力量が変化した際に、サービスやデータ処理部への影響をできる限り抑えつつ、データ処理装置140の構成装置の稼働や停止による消費電力を低減することが可能になる。 The data processing device 140 holds both the in-server operation status 2300 and the processing determination policy information 1400 at the time of the change in the status of the surrounding environment shown in the second embodiment, thereby providing a service for the status of the data processing device 140 in the surrounding environment. And the influence on the data processing unit can be reduced. In particular, when the amount of power supplied changes, it is possible to reduce power consumption due to operation and stop of the constituent devices of the data processing device 140 while suppressing the influence on the service and the data processing unit as much as possible.
 次に、本実施形態において通信特性情報記憶部352が保持する、通信特性情報1500について説明する。 Next, the communication characteristic information 1500 held by the communication characteristic information storage unit 352 in the present embodiment will be described.
 図12は、通信特性情報1600の一例を示す図表である。通信特性情報1600は、データ処理装置140毎に管理され、データ処理装置140が処理判断ポリシを生成するために利用される。通信特性情報1600は、データ処理装置140間、データ処理装置140とアクセスポイント160間、及び、データ処理装置140と管理サーバ150間の各区間の通信特性を示す。データ処理装置140とアクセスポイント160間の通信特性の代わりに、データ処理装置140と端末170間の通信特性であってもよい。 FIG. 12 is a chart showing an example of the communication characteristic information 1600. The communication characteristic information 1600 is managed for each data processing device 140, and is used by the data processing device 140 to generate a processing determination policy. The communication characteristic information 1600 indicates the communication characteristics of each section between the data processing apparatuses 140, between the data processing apparatus 140 and the access point 160, and between the data processing apparatus 140 and the management server 150. Instead of the communication characteristic between the data processing device 140 and the access point 160, the communication characteristic between the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170 may be used.
 通信特性情報としては、前記各区間の各通信経路に対して、遅延、帯域、廃棄率、通信断、冗長、SRPGが挙げられる。遅延は、RTT(Round Trip Time)を示す。帯域はL4のスループットを示す。廃棄率はパケットロスの割合を示す。通信断は、通信可否を示す。冗長は障害用の予備経路の有無を示す。SRPG(Shared Risk Path Group)は、単一障害によって通信切断される通信経路の集合の識別子を示す。 Communication characteristic information includes delay, bandwidth, discard rate, communication disconnection, redundancy, and SRPG for each communication path in each section. The delay indicates RTT (Round Trip Time). The bandwidth indicates L4 throughput. The discard rate indicates the packet loss rate. Communication disconnection indicates whether communication is possible. Redundancy indicates the presence or absence of a backup path for failure. SRPG (Shared Risk Path Group) indicates an identifier of a set of communication paths that are disconnected due to a single failure.
(1-5)データ処理装置の動作の詳細
 図13は、本実施形態におけるデータ処理装置設置時の動作を示すシーケンス図である。まず、データ処理装置140が設置される際の一連の動作の流れを説明し、続いて、本動作の具体例について説明する。以下では、1つの管理サーバ150、3つのデータ処理装置140a~c、2つの端末170a及びbを例示して説明するが、かかる例に限定されず、複数の管理サーバ150、複数のデータ処理装置140、複数の端末170においても以下の動作が適用される。
(1-5) Details of Operation of Data Processing Device FIG. 13 is a sequence diagram showing the operation when the data processing device is installed in the present embodiment. First, a flow of a series of operations when the data processing device 140 is installed will be described, and then a specific example of this operation will be described. Hereinafter, one management server 150, three data processing devices 140a to 140c, and two terminals 170a and b will be described as examples. However, the present invention is not limited to this example, and a plurality of management servers 150, a plurality of data processing devices are used. The following operations are also applied to 140 and a plurality of terminals 170.
 まず、ある設置場所にデータ処理装置140aが管理者等によって設置される(S101)。ステップS101における設置作業には、電源や通信回線との物理的な接続や電源スイッチを入れる作業が含まれる。データ処理装置140aは、電源をONにされると、管理サーバ150と通信接続される。管理サーバ150と通信接続する際には、データ処理装置140aは、工場出荷時に制御用データ記憶部に保存されたIPアドレスまたはURLによって通信接続先を決定し、IP-SECやSSL等によってセキュアな通信を確立する。 First, the data processing apparatus 140a is installed at a certain installation location by an administrator or the like (S101). The installation work in step S101 includes a physical connection with a power source and a communication line and a work for turning on a power switch. When the power is turned on, the data processing device 140a is communicatively connected to the management server 150. When communicating with the management server 150, the data processing device 140a determines the communication connection destination based on the IP address or URL stored in the control data storage unit at the time of shipment from the factory, and is secured by IP-SEC, SSL, or the like. Establish communication.
 続いて、データ処理装置140aは、周辺環境の状態とデータ処理装置140aの特性や状態を計測する(S102)。ステップS102において計測される周辺環境の状態は、周辺環境の状態情報1000の計測可能な物理量及びIPアドレスなどである。これらの周辺環境状態は、データ処理装置140aの計測部391がセンサ511を用いて計測する。このように、データ処理装置140が計測部391とセンサを備えることにより、データ処理装置140の設置環境を管理者が入力することなく、データ処理装置140が取得することができる。また、データ処理装置140の設置や交換作業を、専門知識を持つSIerが行う必要がなくなる。 Subsequently, the data processing device 140a measures the state of the surrounding environment and the characteristics and state of the data processing device 140a (S102). The state of the surrounding environment measured in step S102 is a measurable physical quantity and IP address of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment. These ambient environment states are measured by the measurement unit 391 of the data processing device 140a using the sensor 511. As described above, the data processing apparatus 140 includes the measurement unit 391 and the sensor, so that the data processing apparatus 140 can acquire the installation environment of the data processing apparatus 140 without the administrator inputting the installation environment. In addition, it is not necessary for the SIer having specialized knowledge to perform installation and replacement work of the data processing device 140.
 その結果、データ処理装置140の設置や交換作業を配送業者が代行することが可能となる。これにより、例えば、従来のデータ処理装置140を販売するメーカー等が設置や交換作業等の保守サービスを行う際に、専門知識を持たないが様々な遠隔地へのチャネルを持つ代理業者に代行させる新しいビジネスモデルも考えられる。 As a result, it becomes possible for the delivery company to perform the installation and replacement work of the data processing device 140. As a result, for example, when a manufacturer or the like who sells the conventional data processing device 140 performs maintenance services such as installation and replacement work, the agent who does not have specialized knowledge but has channels to various remote locations is substituted. New business models are also possible.
 ステップS102において計測されるデータ処理装置140aの特性と状態は、サーバ特性情報1700、サーバ内部稼働状況2300及び通信特性情報1500である。これらのデータ処理装置140aの特性と状態の情報の把握は、データセンタ向け等のサーバや通信の管理プログラムを、データ処理装置140aに格納することによって実現可能である。 The characteristics and state of the data processing device 140a measured in step S102 are server characteristic information 1700, server internal operation status 2300, and communication characteristic information 1500. The understanding of the characteristics and status information of the data processing device 140a can be realized by storing a server for the data center or a communication management program in the data processing device 140a.
 データ処理装置140aは、最新の状態を把握するため、周辺環境の状態とデータ処理装置140aの特性や状態を定期的に計測し、各情報を更新する。定期的な計測においては、全ての値を計測するのではなく、一部の値のみを計測し、計測した値に一定以上の変化が見られた場合に、その他の値を計測するようにしてもよい。これにより、常時稼働するセンサ数を減少させて、データ処理装置140aの消費電力を削減することができる。 The data processing device 140a periodically measures the state of the surrounding environment and the characteristics and state of the data processing device 140a in order to grasp the latest state, and updates each information. In regular measurement, instead of measuring all values, measure only a part of the values, and when the measured values change more than a certain value, measure other values. Also good. As a result, the number of sensors that are always operating can be reduced, and the power consumption of the data processing device 140a can be reduced.
 この際、常時計測が必要なデータと常時計測しなくてもよい項目の組合せを選択する必要がある。データ処理装置140aは、常時計測が必要な項目の組合せを示す情報を保持する。例えば、位置、速度、加速の値に関しては、速度を計測すると、速度の積分によって位置を、速度の微分によって加速度を推定することができるため、計測項目の組み合わせを示す情報としては、速度を常時計測し、位置と加速度は常時計測しないという情報を保持する。 At this time, it is necessary to select a combination of data that requires constant measurement and items that need not always be measured. The data processing device 140a holds information indicating a combination of items that need constant measurement. For example, regarding the position, speed, and acceleration values, if the speed is measured, the position can be estimated by integrating the speed, and the acceleration can be estimated by differentiating the speed. Information is measured and the position and acceleration are not always measured.
 そして、データ処理装置140aはステップS102において把握した周辺環境の状態情報1000のサーバID、IPアドレス及び測定可能な物理量を管理サーバ150に通知し、周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100、サービス要件2200及び処理判断ポリシ情報1300を要求する(S103)。なお、データ処理装置140aは、周辺環境の状態に加えて、ステップS102で把握したデータ処理装置140aの特性と状態も管理サーバ150に通知してもよい。 Then, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of the server ID, IP address, and measurable physical quantity of the surrounding environment state information 1000 grasped in step S102, and the surrounding environment state information template 1100, service requirement 2200, and processing The decision policy information 1300 is requested (S103). The data processing device 140a may notify the management server 150 of the characteristics and status of the data processing device 140a grasped in step S102 in addition to the status of the surrounding environment.
 そして、管理サーバ150は、ステップS103において受け取った周辺環境の状態に適した周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100、サービス要件2200及び処理判断ポリシ情報1300をデータ処理装置140aに送信する(S104)。周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100の値は、管理者によって作成してもよいし、ウェブサイトから入手してもよい。 Then, the management server 150 transmits the peripheral environment state information template 1100, the service requirement 2200, and the processing determination policy information 1300 suitable for the peripheral environment state received in step S103 to the data processing device 140a (S104). The value of the surrounding environment state information template 1100 may be created by an administrator or obtained from a website.
 処理判断ポリシ情報1300は、要求値と環境基準値の欄が空欄となっており、アプリ処理、加工・変換、転送、保存の各項目に各処理に対する条件文とアクションが格納される。条件文とアクションは、事前に管理者によって記入される。 In the process determination policy information 1300, the request value and environment standard value fields are blank, and a conditional statement and an action for each process are stored in each of the application process, processing / conversion, transfer, and save items. Conditional statements and actions are entered in advance by the administrator.
 周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100の一部の情報、例えば、災害頻度や治安は、インターネットを通じて公開されるWEBサイトから情報を取得してもよい。 Some information of the surrounding environment state information template 1100, for example, disaster frequency and security, may be obtained from a WEB site that is disclosed through the Internet.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS104において受け取った周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100から、周辺環境の状態情報1000の災害関連情報、治安・管理体制、法規制、インフラ整備状況、及び、余剰資源情報を取得する(S105)。具体的には、周辺環境の状態情報1000のIPアドレス、及び、測定可能な物理量の各列が周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100の条件値と同じである行の値を取得する。取得した行の環境特性ID、及び、推定値の各列を、それぞれ、周辺環境の状態情報1000のサーバIDが自身のサーバIDである行の、環境特性ID、及び、治安・管理体制、法規制、インフラ整備状況、及び、余剰資源情報の各列に格納する。 Then, the data processing device 140a receives the disaster-related information, security / management system, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information of the surrounding environment state information 1000 from the surrounding environment state information template 1100 received in step S104. Is acquired (S105). Specifically, an IP address of the surrounding environment state information 1000 and a row value in which each column of the measurable physical quantity is the same as the condition value of the surrounding environment state information template 1100 is acquired. Each column of the environmental characteristic ID and the estimated value of the acquired row is the environmental characteristic ID of the row in which the server ID of the surrounding environment state information 1000 is its own server ID, and the security / management system, law. Stored in each column of regulation, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information.
 これにより、データ処理装置140aは、計測困難な治安・管理体制、法規制、インフラ整備状況、及び、余剰資源情報の情報を把握することができ、これらの情報に基づいて、データ処理方法を決定することができる。 As a result, the data processing device 140a can grasp the information on the security / management system, laws and regulations, infrastructure development status, and surplus resource information that are difficult to measure, and determines the data processing method based on these information. can do.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、データ処理装置140b及びcにステップS105で作成した周辺環境の状態情報1000、サーバ特性情報1700及び通信特性情報1500を通知する。 Then, the data processing device 140a notifies the data processing devices 140b and c of the status information 1000, the server characteristic information 1700, and the communication characteristic information 1500 created in step S105.
 データ処理装置140b及びcは、データ処理装置140aに各データ処理装置140b及びcが保持する周辺環境の状態情報1000、サーバ特性情報1700及び通信特性情報1500を通知する(S107)。 The data processing devices 140b and c notify the data processing device 140a of the status information 1000, server characteristic information 1700, and communication characteristic information 1500 of the surrounding environment held by the data processing devices 140b and c (S107).
 データ処理装置140aは、ステップS107で受信した周辺環境の状態情報1000、サーバ特性情報1700及び通信特性情報1500を、自身が管理する、周辺環境の状態情報1000、サーバ特性情報1700及び通信特性情報1500に追加する。 The data processing apparatus 140a manages the surrounding environment state information 1000, server characteristic information 1700, and communication characteristic information 1500 received in step S107, and manages the surrounding environment state information 1000, server characteristic information 1700, and communication characteristic information 1500. Add to.
 このように、データ処理装置140間で周辺環境の状態情報を共有することによって、データ処理装置140aは他のデータ処理装置140b及びcの情報に基づいてデータ処理方法を判断することができる。 Thus, by sharing the state information of the surrounding environment between the data processing devices 140, the data processing device 140a can determine the data processing method based on the information of the other data processing devices 140b and c.
 ステップS106及びステップS107の動作は、定期的に実行してもよいし、データ処理装置140が周辺環境の状態情報1000や、サーバ特性情報1700及び通信特性情報1500に処理方法が変更されるほどの変化が計測された場合に実行してもよい。これのように周辺環境の状態情報1000等を更新することにより、常に最新の情報に基づくデータ処理が可能となる。 The operations of step S106 and step S107 may be performed periodically, or the data processing apparatus 140 may change the processing method to the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment, the server characteristic information 1700, and the communication characteristic information 1500. You may perform when a change is measured. By updating the surrounding environment state information 1000 and the like in this way, data processing based on the latest information is always possible.
 また、ステップS106及びステップS107の動作は、全てのデータ処理装置140が相互に通信し合うことにより、通信量が増加して通信回線が圧迫される可能性がある。または、データ処理装置140の処理負荷が増加して、その他のデータ処理に悪影響を及ぼす可能性がある。そのため、データ処理装置140は、情報を通知し合うべきデータ処理装置140を適切に限定することにより、通信量の増加や処理負荷の増加を抑制することができる。 In addition, in the operations in step S106 and step S107, there is a possibility that the communication amount increases and the communication line is compressed because all the data processing devices 140 communicate with each other. Alternatively, the processing load on the data processing device 140 may increase and adversely affect other data processing. Therefore, the data processing device 140 can suppress an increase in communication amount and an increase in processing load by appropriately limiting the data processing devices 140 to which information should be notified.
 ここで、データ処理装置140は、情報を通知し合うべき他のデータ処理装置140を特定するため、サーバ特性情報1700のServerIDが自身のデータ処理装置の識別子である管理属性の用途と所有者を把握する。 Here, in order to specify the other data processing device 140 with which the information should be notified, the data processing device 140 specifies the usage and owner of the management attribute whose ServerID of the server characteristic information 1700 is the identifier of its own data processing device. To grasp.
 用途が専有、または、同一所有者内共有である場合に、所有者が同一である列のServerIDが、データ処理装置140が通知し合うべきデータ処理装置140となる。また、用途が所有者間共有である場合には、所有者が同一である列のServerIDに加え、ネットワークトポロジの観点で近傍のデータ処理装置140が通知し合うべきデータ処理装置140である。ネットワークトポロジの観点から、データ処理装置140の近傍に存在するデータ処理装置140は、通信特性情報1500において、データ処理装置140との遅延が小さいデータ処理装置140である。 When the usage is exclusive or shared within the same owner, the ServerID of the column with the same owner becomes the data processing device 140 to which the data processing device 140 should notify. In addition, when the usage is sharing between owners, in addition to the ServerIDs of the columns with the same owner, the data processing devices 140 in the vicinity should notify each other from the viewpoint of the network topology. From the viewpoint of the network topology, the data processing device 140 that exists in the vicinity of the data processing device 140 is the data processing device 140 with a small delay from the data processing device 140 in the communication characteristic information 1500.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、データ処理方法を判断するための情報である処理方法情報1900を生成する(S108)。ここで、図14を参照して、ステップS108における処理方法情報の生成処理の詳細について説明する。 Then, the data processing device 140a generates processing method information 1900 that is information for determining the data processing method (S108). Here, with reference to FIG. 14, the details of the processing method information generation processing in step S108 will be described.
 図14は、図13のステップS109において、処理方法情報を生成するフローチャートである。図14に示すように、まず、サービス特性・判断部307は、サービス要件2200を参照して、処理判断ポリシ情報1300の要求値を算出する(S121)。サービス特性・判断部307は、サービス要件のサービスIDに記載されるサービスの識別子の数だけ、処理判断ポリシ情報1300を生成し、各サービスIDに対して、可用性、完全性、機密性、応答性、拡張性、及び、コスト、それぞれに対して目標値と許容値を把握して、処理判断ポリシ情報1300の要求値の目標値と許容値に追加する。 FIG. 14 is a flowchart for generating processing method information in step S109 of FIG. As illustrated in FIG. 14, first, the service characteristic / determination unit 307 refers to the service requirement 2200 and calculates a request value of the process determination policy information 1300 (S121). The service characteristic / determination unit 307 generates processing determination policy information 1300 by the number of service identifiers described in the service ID of the service requirement, and availability, completeness, confidentiality, and responsiveness for each service ID. The target value and the permissible value are grasped for each of the extensibility and the cost, and added to the target value and the permissible value of the request value of the process determination policy information 1300.
 そして、周辺環境状態生成・判断部301は、周辺環境の状態情報1000を参照して、処理判断ポリシ情報1300の環境基準値を算出する。ここで、環境基準値の算出方法の具体例について説明する。 Then, the surrounding environment state generation / determination unit 301 refers to the surrounding environment state information 1000 to calculate the environment reference value of the processing determination policy information 1300. Here, a specific example of the calculation method of the environmental reference value will be described.
 障害復旧時間の環境基準値は、インフラ復旧時間と管理者スキルの関数で算出される。これは、障害復旧時間に、電力インフラや通信インフラが障害発生した場合に復旧するまでの平均時間を示すインフラ復旧時間、及び、電源コードが抜けた場合や機器が故障した場合の従業員が対応完了するまでの時間に依存するためである。障害復旧時間の環境基準値を算出する関数は、例えば単純和で計算できる。 The environmental standard value for failure recovery time is calculated as a function of infrastructure recovery time and administrator skills. This corresponds to an infrastructure recovery time that indicates the average time to recovery when a failure occurs in the power infrastructure or communication infrastructure, and an employee when the power cord is disconnected or a device fails This is because it depends on the time until completion. The function for calculating the environmental reference value of the failure recovery time can be calculated by, for example, a simple sum.
 稼働率の環境基準値は、1年間の総時間(365日×24時間)と1年間のサービス停止時間の差を1年間の総時間で割って算出される。サービス停止時間は、データ処理装置140の物理的な接触に伴う障害による停止時間、データ処理装置140の劣化障害による停止時間、災害による停止時間、盗難や不慮の事故等による停止時間を含む。 The environmental standard value of the operation rate is calculated by dividing the difference between the total time of one year (365 days x 24 hours) and the service stop time of one year by the total time of one year. The service stop time includes a stop time due to a failure caused by physical contact with the data processing device 140, a stop time due to a deterioration failure of the data processing device 140, a stop time due to a disaster, and a stop time due to theft or unexpected accident.
 データ処理装置140の物理的な接触に伴う故障による停止時間は、接触故障平均時間と接触故障頻度の積によって計算される。接触故障平均時間は、接触障害復旧時間と同様に管理者スキルによって計算される。接触故障頻度は、無理な姿勢で設置されて転倒することによる障害確率を示すデータ処理装置140の姿勢、衝突等による障害確率を示す速度と加速度、振動によってデータ処理装置140が疲労破断する確率を示す振動の和で計算される。 The stop time due to a failure due to physical contact of the data processing device 140 is calculated by the product of the contact failure average time and the contact failure frequency. The contact failure average time is calculated by the manager skill in the same manner as the contact failure recovery time. The frequency of contact failure refers to the attitude of the data processing device 140 indicating the probability of failure due to falling by being placed in an unreasonable posture, the speed and acceleration indicating the failure probability due to a collision, etc., and the probability that the data processing device 140 will fatigue due to vibration. Calculated as the sum of the vibrations shown.
 データ処理装置140の劣化障害による停止時間は、劣化故障平均時間と劣化故障頻度の積によって計算される。劣化故障平均時間は、障害復旧時間と同様に管理者スキルによって計算される。劣化故障頻度は、設置箇所が屋内である場合には事前に低い値が設定され、設置個所が屋外である場合には高い値が設定される。 The stop time due to the deterioration failure of the data processing device 140 is calculated by the product of the deterioration failure average time and the deterioration failure frequency. The average degradation failure time is calculated by the manager skill in the same manner as the failure recovery time. The deterioration failure frequency is set to a low value in advance when the installation location is indoors, and is set to a high value when the installation location is outdoors.
 また、データ処理装置140の設置個所が屋内か屋外かは、測定された位置(経緯・高度)光度、音量、音程、温度、湿度、季節によって判断される。例えば、測定された位置(経緯・高度)が赤道直下を示し、かつ、同地域の季節が夏であり、地域の気温と湿度とが大きく異なる値を示す場合には、屋内に設置されていると判断される。また、測定された音が、サーバのファンや空調の音程ではない音であり、音量が一定以上の値である場合には、屋外に設置されていると判断してもよい。なお、設置個所の判断に必要な地域の情報は、工場出荷時にデータ処理装置140の管理者が入力したり、インターネットを通じて天気や気候情報を公開するウェブサイトから入手したりすることができる。屋外である場合の劣化故障頻度は、電磁波、粉塵、温度、湿度の関数であり、例えば、これらの単純和で計算される。 Also, whether the data processor 140 is installed indoors or outdoors is determined by the measured position (background / altitude) light intensity, volume, pitch, temperature, humidity, and season. For example, if the measured position (background / altitude) is directly below the equator, the season of the region is summer, and the temperature and humidity of the region show significantly different values, they are installed indoors. It is judged. Further, when the measured sound is a sound that is not the pitch of the server fan or the air conditioning, and the volume is a certain value or more, it may be determined that the sound is installed outdoors. Note that the information on the area necessary for determining the installation location can be input by the administrator of the data processing device 140 at the time of factory shipment or obtained from a website that publishes weather and climate information via the Internet. The frequency of deterioration failure when outdoors is a function of electromagnetic waves, dust, temperature, and humidity, and is calculated by, for example, a simple sum of these.
 災害による停止時間は、災害復旧平均時間と被災頻度の積によって計算される。災害復旧平均時間は、障害復旧時間と同様に管理者スキルによって計算される。被災頻度は、周辺環境の状態情報1000の被災頻度の値である。 Disaster downtime is calculated as the product of disaster recovery average time and disaster frequency. The disaster recovery average time is calculated by the administrator skill in the same manner as the disaster recovery time. The damage frequency is a value of the damage frequency in the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
 盗難や不慮の事故等による停止時間は、盗難・事故時復旧平均時間と盗難・事故頻度の積によって計算される。盗難・事故時復旧平均時間は、盗難・事故復旧時間と同様に管理者スキルによって計算される。盗難・事故頻度は、治安と入退管理の積と、可搬性と管理者倫理の積との単純和で計算される。治安と入退管理の積は、外部者による盗難確率を示し、可搬性と管理者倫理の積は管理者によるデータ処理装置140の紛失や盗難の確率を示す。 The outage time due to theft or unforeseen accident is calculated by the product of the average recovery time during theft / accident and the frequency of theft / accident. The average recovery time for theft / accident is calculated by the administrator skill in the same way as the theft / accident recovery time. Theft / accident frequency is calculated as the simple sum of the product of security and entrance / exit management and the product of portability and administrator ethics. The product of security and entrance / exit management indicates the probability of theft by an outsider, and the product of portability and administrator ethics indicates the probability of the data processing device 140 being lost or stolen by the administrator.
 継続時間の環境基準値は、インフラが継続して稼働できる時間を示すため、電力インフラと電力インフラと通信インフラの関数で算出される。例えば、電力インフラと通信インフラの最小値に定数をかけることで算出される。 The environmental reference value of the duration is calculated by a function of the power infrastructure, the power infrastructure, and the communication infrastructure in order to indicate the time during which the infrastructure can be operated continuously. For example, it is calculated by multiplying the minimum value of the power infrastructure and the communication infrastructure by a constant.
 紛失率の環境基準値は、前記盗難・事故頻度と、前記データ劣化故障頻度と、前記接触故障頻度の単純和で計算される。 The environmental standard value of the loss rate is calculated by a simple sum of the theft / accident frequency, the data deterioration failure frequency, and the contact failure frequency.
 盗難率の環境基準値は、前記盗難・事故頻度で計算される。すなわち、治安と入退管理の積と、可搬性と管理者倫理の積との単純和で計算される。 The environmental standard value of the theft rate is calculated by the theft / accident frequency. That is, it is calculated as a simple sum of the product of security and entrance / exit management and the product of portability and manager ethics.
 外部接続性の環境基準値は、ネットワーク130において、データがハッキングされる脅威を示し、治安と通信インフラの積で算出される。これは、治安が、ハッキングが試みられる確率に相関し、通信インフラが、ハッキングが試みられた際に分散処理システムのハッキングに対する堅牢性に相関するためである。 The environmental standard value of external connectivity indicates a threat that data is hacked in the network 130, and is calculated by the product of security and communication infrastructure. This is because security correlates with the probability that hacking is attempted, and the communications infrastructure correlates with robustness against hacking of the distributed processing system when hacking is attempted.
 エリア外持ち出しの環境基準値は、管理者倫理と入退管理の積で計算される。これは、これは管理者倫理がデータ処理装置140を外部に持ち出す意欲の高さに相関し、入退管理が外部に持ち出しやすさに相関するためである。 The environmental standard value taken out of the area is calculated by the product of manager ethics and entrance / exit management. This is because the manager ethics correlates with the high willingness to take out the data processing apparatus 140 to the outside, and the entrance / exit management correlates with the ease of taking out to the outside.
 応答性は、通信特性とサーバ特性によって決まり、データ処理装置140の周辺環境に依存しないため、環境基準値は零である。 The responsiveness is determined by communication characteristics and server characteristics, and does not depend on the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140, so the environmental reference value is zero.
 拡張性の環境基準値は、追加で設置可能なデータ処理装置140の台数であるため、余剰敷地面積、余剰電力、余剰回線帯域の最小値である。 Since the environmental standard value of scalability is the number of data processing devices 140 that can be additionally installed, it is the minimum value of surplus site area, surplus power, and surplus line bandwidth.
 空調の環境基準値は、データ処理装置140の姿勢と風向きによって算出される。データ処理装置の排熱の方向と風向きが同じになる姿勢の場合に最大値をとり、180℃逆向きの場合に最小値をとるように計算される。 The environmental standard value for air conditioning is calculated based on the attitude and wind direction of the data processing device 140. The maximum value is calculated in the posture where the direction of the exhaust heat of the data processing device and the wind direction are the same, and the minimum value is calculated in the reverse direction at 180 ° C.
 発電の環境基準値は、データ処理装置140が太陽光発電する場合には光度を、風力発電によって発電する場合には風力を示す。 The environmental standard value for power generation indicates light intensity when the data processing device 140 generates solar power, and indicates wind power when generating power by wind power generation.
 合計コストは、通信・電力コストと保守コストの和で算出されるため、合計コストの環境基準値は空欄となる。 Since the total cost is calculated as the sum of the communication / power cost and the maintenance cost, the environmental standard value of the total cost is blank.
 通信・電力コストは、電力インフラと通信インフラに相関するため、これらの単純和で計算される。設置した地域の通信価格や電力価格をウェブサイトから入手してもよい。 Communication / power costs are calculated as the simple sum of these because they correlate with the power and communication infrastructures. The communication price and power price of the installed area may be obtained from the website.
 保守コストは、出張費と出張頻度の積で計算される。出張費は、データ処理装置140の位置(経緯・高度)と保守拠点の位置の関数によって算出される。これは、データ処理装置140が僻地等に設置される場合に、保守のための出張費が支配項となるためである。関数は、単純な物理的な距離、または、道のり、または、移動時間と、出張人員の単価の積で計算される。出張頻度は、上記紛失率や稼働率に相関するため、これらの値を用いる。 Maintenance cost is calculated as the product of business trip costs and business trip frequency. The business trip cost is calculated by a function of the position (background / altitude) of the data processing device 140 and the position of the maintenance base. This is because, when the data processing device 140 is installed in a remote area or the like, a business trip cost for maintenance becomes a dominant term. The function is calculated by the product of a simple physical distance or a road or travel time and the unit price of a business trip employee. Since the business trip frequency correlates with the loss rate and the operation rate, these values are used.
 このように位置情報から保守コストを計算することにより、保守コストを考慮して、データ処理を行うデータ処理装置140を選択することができる。これにより、保守コストを減らすことが可能となる。 Thus, by calculating the maintenance cost from the position information, it is possible to select the data processing device 140 that performs data processing in consideration of the maintenance cost. As a result, maintenance costs can be reduced.
 なお環境基準値を計算する際に、周辺環境の状態情報1000に加えて、通信特性情報1500、サーバ特性情報1700またはサーバ内部稼働状況2300に基づいて計算してもよい。これにより、データ処理装置140が設置される周辺環境の状態に加えて、ネットワーク130の通信状況やデータ処理装置140の特性や稼働状況を考慮してデータ処理方法や保存場所を選択することが可能となる。 When calculating the environmental reference value, it may be calculated based on the communication characteristic information 1500, the server characteristic information 1700, or the server internal operation status 2300 in addition to the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment. Thereby, in addition to the state of the surrounding environment where the data processing device 140 is installed, it is possible to select the data processing method and the storage location in consideration of the communication status of the network 130, the characteristics and the operating status of the data processing device 140. It becomes.
 以上ステップS122における環境基準値の算出方法について説明した。図13に戻り、制御調停部302は、処理判断ポリシ情報1300を参照して処理方法情報1900を算出する。具体的には、処理判断ポリシ情報1300のアプリ処理、加工・変換、転送、保存の各列に記載される条件文を参照し、各評価項目の行において要求値と環境基準値が前記条件文を満たすか否かを判断する。そして、一つ以上の評価項目の行で条件文を満たす列のアプリ処理、加工・変換、転送、保存のアクションを全て把握する。 This completes the description of the method for calculating the environmental reference value in step S122. Returning to FIG. 13, the control arbitration unit 302 calculates processing method information 1900 with reference to the processing determination policy information 1300. Specifically, the conditional statement described in each column of application processing, processing / conversion, transfer, and storage of the processing determination policy information 1300 is referred to, and the required value and the environmental standard value are set in the conditional statement in each evaluation item row. It is determined whether or not the above is satisfied. Then, the application processing, processing / conversion, transfer, and saving actions of the column satisfying the conditional statement in one or more evaluation item rows are all grasped.
 制御調停部302は、処理方法情報1900のサーバID欄1901に自身のデータ処理識別子を格納し、サービスID欄1902にステップS121で把握したサービス識別子を格納する。また、処理方法情報1900のアプリ処理欄1903、加工・変換欄1904、転送欄1905、保存欄1906に、把握したアプリ処理、加工・変換、転送、保存のアクションを格納する。以上、図13のステップS108の詳細について説明した。 The control arbitration unit 302 stores its own data processing identifier in the server ID column 1901 of the processing method information 1900, and stores the service identifier grasped in step S121 in the service ID column 1902. Further, the recognized application processing, processing / conversion, transfer, and saving actions are stored in the application processing column 1903, the processing / conversion column 1904, the transfer column 1905, and the storage column 1906 of the processing method information 1900. The details of step S108 in FIG. 13 have been described above.
 図13に戻り、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS108において生成した処理方法情報1900を、処理方法情報のうちアクションがMAYである部分を削除して、データ処理装置140b及び140cに送信する。 Returning to FIG. 13, the data processing device 140a deletes the portion of the processing method information in which the action is MAY from the processing method information 1900 generated in step S108, and transmits it to the data processing devices 140b and 140c.
 データ処理装置140b及び140cは、ステップS109において通知された処理方法情報に含まれる処理の可否を判断する(S110)。具体的には、各データ処理装置140の制御調停部302が、ステップS109において受信した処理方法情報1900のサーバIDが自身のデータ処理装置の識別子である行のサービスID、及び、アプリ処理、加工・変換、転送、保存の各列のアクションを把握し、処理対応可否情報2100のサーバID欄2102に自身のデータ処理装置140の識別子を格納し、把握したサービスIDをサービスID欄2102に格納する。 The data processing devices 140b and 140c determine whether the processing included in the processing method information notified in step S109 is possible (S110). Specifically, the control arbitration unit 302 of each data processing device 140 receives the service ID of the row in which the server ID of the processing method information 1900 received in step S109 is the identifier of its own data processing device, application processing, and processing. The action of each column of conversion, transfer, and storage is grasped, the identifier of the own data processing device 140 is stored in the server ID column 2102 of the processing supportability information 2100, and the grasped service ID is stored in the service ID column 2102 .
 更に、制御調停部302は、把握したアクションについて、自身が管理する処理方法情報1900のうち、サーバIDが自身のデータ処理装置140の識別子に対応し、かつサービスIDが本ステップで把握したサービスIDである行に含まれるかを判断する。そして、処理対応可否情報2100の追加した行で、かつ、上記アクションが含まれる列に、対応可能であることを示す「可」を格納し、含まれない列に対応できないことを示す「不可」を格納する。 Further, the control arbitration unit 302, for the grasped action, out of the processing method information 1900 managed by itself, the server ID corresponds to the identifier of its own data processing device 140 and the service ID is grasped in this step. Is included in the line. Then, “possible” indicating that correspondence is possible is stored in the added row of the processing availability information 2100 and the column including the action is stored, and “impossible” indicating that it is not possible to correspond to the column not included. Is stored.
 そして、データ処理装置140b及び140cは、処理対応可否情報2100を、データ処理装置140aに送信する(S111)。 Then, the data processing devices 140b and 140c transmit processing supportability information 2100 to the data processing device 140a (S111).
 なお、ステップS110及びステップS111において、全てのデータ処理装置140が他のデータ処理装置140と相互に通知し合うと、通信量が増加して通信回線を圧迫される可能性がある。また、データ処理装置140の処理負荷が増加して、その他のデータ処理に悪影響を及ぼす可能性がある。そのため、データ処理装置140は、上記の情報を通知し合うべきデータ処理装置140を、特定のデータ処理装置に限定してもよい。例えば、処理方法情報1900のサーバIDに記載されるデータ処理装置に限定してもよい。 In step S110 and step S111, if all the data processing devices 140 mutually notify other data processing devices 140, there is a possibility that the communication amount increases and the communication line is compressed. In addition, the processing load on the data processing device 140 may increase and adversely affect other data processing. Therefore, the data processing device 140 may limit the data processing device 140 to which the above information should be notified to a specific data processing device. For example, it may be limited to the data processing device described in the server ID of the processing method information 1900.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS111において受信した処理対応可否情報2100を参照して、判断処理情報を更新する(S112)。具体的には、処理対応可否情報2100において、「不可」が格納されている行のサーバIDとサービスID、及び同じ列の処理項目を把握し、サービスIDに対応する処理判断ポリシ情報1300において、把握したサーバIDの「不可」とであるアクションを除いて、同アクション部分に関して、ステップS108~S111の処理を再度行う。複数回繰り返し実行した後に、ステップS111において「不可」と通知された場合には、データ処理装置140aは、処理不可能であることを管理サーバ150に通知する。 Then, the data processing device 140a refers to the process availability information 2100 received in step S111 and updates the determination process information (S112). Specifically, in the process availability information 2100, the server ID and service ID of the row where “impossible” is stored, and the process item in the same column are grasped, and in the process decision policy information 1300 corresponding to the service ID, Except for the action that is “impossible” of the grasped server ID, the processing of steps S108 to S111 is performed again for the action portion. After being repeatedly executed a plurality of times, if “not possible” is notified in step S111, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 that processing is impossible.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、処理方法情報1900を管理サーバ150に通知する(S112)。なお、ステップS112において、処理方法情報1900を毎回通知すると通信量が膨大になったり、管理サーバ150の処理負荷を圧迫する可能性があったりするため、処理方法情報1900を定期的にまとめて通知するようにしてもよい。 Then, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of the processing method information 1900 (S112). In step S112, if the processing method information 1900 is notified each time, the communication amount may become enormous or the processing load on the management server 150 may be compressed. Therefore, the processing method information 1900 is periodically and collectively notified. You may make it do.
 以上、データ処理装置設置時の動作の一連の処理の流れを説明した。次に、データ処理装置設置時の動作の具体例について説明する。 In the foregoing, the flow of a series of operations when the data processing apparatus is installed has been described. Next, a specific example of the operation when the data processing apparatus is installed will be described.
 まず、後述する停電等によってデータ処理装置140aへの電力供給が停止して、データ処理装置140aが内部の構成装置を停止させて非常用電源506で稼働を継続させる場合に、データ処理装置140aの稼働可能な時間を延長する動作について説明する。このとき、停電平均時間から、停止させるデータ処理装置140a内部の構成装置を把握して、データ処理装置140aが完全に停止することを阻止することができる。 First, when the power supply to the data processing device 140a is stopped due to a power failure or the like, which will be described later, the data processing device 140a stops the internal components and continues operation with the emergency power source 506. An operation for extending the operable time will be described. At this time, it is possible to grasp the constituent devices inside the data processing device 140a to be stopped from the average blackout time and prevent the data processing device 140a from completely stopping.
 図13のステップS108において、データ処理装置140aは、周辺環境の状態情報1000のインフラ復旧時間を参照して、停電等のインフラが停止した際に復旧するまでの時間を把握し、サーバ内部稼働状況2300の非常用電源の行の最大能力と使用率から未使用である余剰電力量を把握する。更に、データ処理装置140aは、データ処理装置140a内のある構成装置の組合せに対して、消費電力量の列の合計値を計算し、余剰電力量を消費電力量の合計値で割った値を継続可能時間として把握する。これを複数の構成装置の組合せに対して把握して、継続可能時間を計算する。この継続可能時間は、停電が生じたのちに、データ処理装置140aが非常用電源506の余剰電力で継続して稼働できる時間である。なお、消費電力の合計値から発電装置516による発電量を引いた値で余剰電力量を割ると、発電量も考慮した場合の継続可能時間を算出することができる。 In step S108 of FIG. 13, the data processing device 140a refers to the infrastructure recovery time in the status information 1000 of the surrounding environment, grasps the time until recovery when the infrastructure such as a power failure stops, and the server internal operation status The amount of surplus power that is not used is grasped from the maximum capacity and usage rate of the 2300 emergency power supply line. Furthermore, the data processing device 140a calculates the total value of the power consumption column for a certain combination of components in the data processing device 140a, and calculates a value obtained by dividing the surplus power amount by the total power consumption amount. This is grasped as the continuous time. This is grasped for a combination of a plurality of component devices, and the continuable time is calculated. This continuable time is a time during which the data processing device 140a can continue to operate with surplus power from the emergency power supply 506 after a power failure occurs. Note that by dividing the surplus power amount by the value obtained by subtracting the power generation amount by the power generation device 516 from the total power consumption value, it is possible to calculate the continuable time when the power generation amount is also taken into consideration.
 これにより、後述する、停電等によってデータ処理装置140-1への電力供給が停止してデータ処理装置140-1が内部の構成装置を停止させて非常用電源506で稼働を継続可能な時間を延ばす動作において、停電平均時間から停止させるデータ処理装置140a内部の構成装置を把握することが可能になり、データ処理装置140-1が完全に停止することを阻止することができる。 As a result, the power supply to the data processing device 140-1 is stopped due to a power failure or the like, which will be described later, and the data processing device 140-1 stops the internal components and can continue operation with the emergency power supply 506. In the extending operation, it becomes possible to grasp the constituent devices inside the data processing device 140a to be stopped from the average power failure time, and it is possible to prevent the data processing device 140-1 from being completely stopped.
 次に、データ処理装置140aが自動車や建設機器等に搭載されることによってデータ処理装置140-1が振動する場合や、データ処理装置140-1が屋外等に搭載されることによってデータ処理装置140-1に粉塵を被る場合について説明する。この場合、データ処理装置140aの外部記憶装置502が損傷して記憶されるデータが紛失するリスクを低減するために、定常的に振動や粉塵を検知されるデータ処理装置140aにおいて演算処理を行い、演算処理結果を、振動や粉塵が検知されないデータ処理装置140bに送信し、データ処理装置140bがデータを保存する動作について説明する。 Next, when the data processing device 140a is mounted on an automobile, construction equipment, or the like, the data processing device 140-1 vibrates, or when the data processing device 140-1 is mounted outdoors, the data processing device 140-1 is installed. -1 explains the case of dust. In this case, in order to reduce the risk of losing stored data due to damage to the external storage device 502 of the data processing device 140a, the data processing device 140a that constantly detects vibration and dust performs arithmetic processing, An operation in which the calculation processing result is transmitted to the data processing device 140b in which vibration or dust is not detected and the data processing device 140b stores the data will be described.
 ステップS102において、データ処理装置140aは、周辺環境の状態計測処理として、振動や粉塵を計測して、周辺環境の状態情報1000に格納するする。そして、ステップS103において、データ処理装置140aは、管理サーバ150に周辺環境の状態情報1000を通知する。 In step S102, the data processing device 140a measures vibration and dust as state measurement processing of the surrounding environment, and stores it in the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment. In step S103, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of the status information 1000 of the surrounding environment.
 そして、ステップS104において、管理サーバ150が処理判断ポリシ情報1300を送付するが、処理判断ポリシ情報1300において、保存の各列の紛失率の行に、環境基準値が許容値を上回っている場合(条件文)、データ記憶部385にデータを記憶せずに、他のデータ処理装置に転送する(アクション)という内容を格納する。また、転送の列の紛失率の行に、環境基準値が共用値を上回っている場合(条件)、通信遅延が最も小さいデータ処理装置に転送する(アクション)と格納し、振動の行についても同様の条件及びアクションを格納する。 In step S104, the management server 150 sends the processing determination policy information 1300. In the processing determination policy information 1300, if the environmental reference value exceeds the allowable value in the row of the loss rate of each column of storage ( Condition statement), the data storage unit 385 stores the content of transferring (action) to another data processing device without storing the data. In addition, if the environmental standard value exceeds the shared value (condition) in the row of the loss rate in the transfer column, it is stored as transferred to the data processing device with the smallest communication delay (action), and the vibration row is also stored. Store similar conditions and actions.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS105からステップS107の処理を実行した後、ステップS108のステップS122において、データ処理装置140aが、紛失率の環境基準値を、上記盗難・事故頻度と、データ劣化故障頻度と、接触故障頻度の単純和で計算する。例えば、データ劣化故障頻度を振動に比例するように算出し、劣化故障頻度を粉塵に比例するように算出する。 Then, after the data processing device 140a executes the processing from step S105 to step S107, in step S122 of step S108, the data processing device 140a determines the environmental reference value of the loss rate, the above-mentioned theft / accident frequency, and data degradation. Calculate with the simple sum of failure frequency and contact failure frequency. For example, the data deterioration failure frequency is calculated to be proportional to the vibration, and the deterioration failure frequency is calculated to be proportional to the dust.
 このように、大きな振動や多くの粉塵を検知するデータ処理装置140aでは、演算処理を行い、演算処理結果を、振動や粉塵が検知されないデータ処理装置140bに送信し、データ処理装置140bがデータを保存する。これにより、データ処理装置140aの外部記憶装置502が損傷した場合に、データ処理装置140aに記憶されるデータが紛失するリスクを低減することができる。 In this way, the data processing device 140a that detects large vibrations and a large amount of dust performs arithmetic processing, transmits the calculation processing results to the data processing device 140b in which vibration and dust are not detected, and the data processing device 140b transmits the data. save. Thereby, when the external storage device 502 of the data processing device 140a is damaged, it is possible to reduce a risk of losing data stored in the data processing device 140a.
 次に、データ処理装置140の盗難リスクを考慮してデータ解析場所を判断する場合について説明する。例えば、データ処理装置140aが、治安が悪い地域の屋外に設置されているとする。この場合、データ処理装置140aが盗難されるリスクが高くなり、データ処理装置140aの外部記憶装置502が記憶するデータが流出するリスクを低減する必要がある。この場合の動作も上記した振動や粉塵によりデータが紛失する場合の動作と同様であるが、以下の点が異なる。 Next, the case where the data analysis location is determined in consideration of the theft risk of the data processing device 140 will be described. For example, it is assumed that the data processing device 140a is installed outdoors in an area with poor security. In this case, it is necessary to reduce the risk that the data processing device 140a is stolen and the data stored in the external storage device 502 of the data processing device 140a is leaked. The operation in this case is the same as the operation in the case where data is lost due to the vibration or dust described above, except for the following points.
 データ処理装置140は、周辺環境の状態情報1000の治安を示す値を参照して、設置箇所の治安の良さを判断し、位置(経緯・高度)光度、音量、音程、温度、湿度、季節によって設置箇所が屋内か屋外かを判断する。データ処理装置140は、治安の良さと屋内外を示す情報などから盗難率を計算する。なお、屋内外の判断方法や盗難率は、図14の処理により算出される。このように、データ処理装置140aが、治安の悪い地域の屋外に設置される場合に、データ処理装置140aの外部記憶装置502ではなく、データ処理装置140a以外のデータ処理装置140にデータを保存する。これにより、データ流出のリスクを低減することができる。 The data processing device 140 refers to the value indicating the security of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment, determines the security of the installation location, and depends on the position (background / altitude) luminous intensity, volume, pitch, temperature, humidity, and season. Determine whether the installation location is indoor or outdoor. The data processing device 140 calculates the theft rate based on information indicating safety and indoor / outdoor. The indoor / outdoor determination method and the theft rate are calculated by the processing of FIG. As described above, when the data processing device 140a is installed outdoors in an area with poor security, the data is stored in the data processing device 140 other than the data processing device 140a instead of the external storage device 502 of the data processing device 140a. . As a result, the risk of data leakage can be reduced.
 次に、図15を参照して、端末170がデータを生成してデータ処理装置140にアップロードする場合について説明する。 Next, a case where the terminal 170 generates data and uploads it to the data processing device 140 will be described with reference to FIG.
 まず、端末170aはデータを生成する(S201)。ステップS201で生成するデータとは、センサ計測値や画像などである。 First, the terminal 170a generates data (S201). The data generated in step S201 includes sensor measurement values and images.
 そして、端末170aは、データ処理装置140aにステップS201で生成したデータを送信する(S202)。 Then, the terminal 170a transmits the data generated in step S201 to the data processing device 140a (S202).
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS202で受信したデータのTCPやHTTP等のヘッダー情報を参照してサービスIDを把握し、処理方法情報1900のサーバIDが自身のデータ処理装置の識別子であり、サービスIDが把握したサービスIDである行に記載されるアクションのうち、MUSTまたは、SHOULDとなっているアクションを実行する(S203)。 Then, the data processing device 140a grasps the service ID by referring to the header information such as TCP or HTTP of the data received in step S202, and the server ID of the processing method information 1900 is the identifier of its own data processing device, Of the actions described in the line corresponding to the service ID ascertained by the service ID, the action that is MUST or SHOULD be executed (S203).
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、データを転送して、他のデータ処理装置140bまたは140cにデータ処理を要求する(S204)。 Then, the data processing device 140a transfers the data and requests data processing from the other data processing device 140b or 140c (S204).
 そして、ステップS204でデータを転送されたデータ処理装置140bまたは140cは、受信したデータのTCPやHTTP等のヘッダー情報を参照してサービスIDを把握し、処理方法情報1900のサーバIDが自身のデータ処理装置の識別子であり、サービスIDが把握したサービスIDである行に記載されるアクションのうち、MUSTまたは、SHOULDとなっているアクションを実行する(S205)。 Then, the data processing device 140b or 140c to which the data has been transferred in step S204 refers to the header information such as TCP or HTTP of the received data to grasp the service ID, and the server ID of the processing method information 1900 is its own data. Among the actions described in the line that is the identifier of the processing device and the service ID that is grasped by the service ID, the action that is MUST or SHOULD be executed (S205).
 そして、データ処理装置140bまたは140cは、ステップS205で実行したデータ処理の処理結果をデータ処理装置140aに送信する(S206)。そして、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS206で受信した処理結果を保存する(S207)。そして、データ処理装置140aは、端末170aに処理完了通知を送信する(S208)。なお、データ処理装置140aから端末170aへの処理完了通知は、ステップS203の前後に送信してもよい。 The data processing device 140b or 140c transmits the processing result of the data processing executed in step S205 to the data processing device 140a (S206). Then, the data processing device 140a stores the processing result received in step S206 (S207). Then, the data processing device 140a transmits a processing completion notification to the terminal 170a (S208). The processing completion notification from the data processing device 140a to the terminal 170a may be transmitted before and after step S203.
 次に、図15に、端末170がデータ処理装置140に格納されるデータを参照する場合について説明する。 Next, a case where the terminal 170 refers to data stored in the data processing device 140 will be described with reference to FIG.
 まず、端末170aがデータ処理装置140aに参照するデータを要求する(S211)。そして、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS211で要求されたデータを保持しているかを確認し、保持している場合は、ステップS216に進み、端末170aに参照データを送信する(S216)。保持していない場合は、データが格納される場所を確認する。データが格納される場所は、データ名と、データが格納されるデータ処理装置の識別子を対応づける名前解決機能によって把握することができる。なお、名前解決機能は、各データ処理装置140が備えても、代表のデータ処理装置140または管理サーバ150が備え、各データ処理装置140がデータルックアップ等の処理によりデータ名と、データが格納されるデータ処理装置の識別子を問い合わせてもよい。 First, the terminal 170a requests data to be referred to the data processing device 140a (S211). Then, the data processing device 140a confirms whether or not the data requested in step S211 is held, and if so, proceeds to step S216 and transmits reference data to the terminal 170a (S216). If not, check where the data is stored. The location where the data is stored can be grasped by the name resolution function that associates the data name with the identifier of the data processing device in which the data is stored. Even if each data processing device 140 has the name resolution function, the representative data processing device 140 or the management server 150 has a data name and data stored by each data processing device 140 by processing such as data lookup. The identifier of the data processing apparatus to be processed may be inquired.
 データ処理装置140aは、上記した名前解決機能により把握したデータ処理装置140bまたはデータ処理装置140cに対してデータ要求を送信する(S213)。ステップS213におけるデータ要求にはデータ名が含まれる。 The data processing device 140a transmits a data request to the data processing device 140b or the data processing device 140c ascertained by the name resolution function (S213). The data request in step S213 includes the data name.
 そして、ステップS213でデータ要求を受信したデータ処理装置140bまたはデータ処理装置140cは要求されたデータを参照する。そして、データ処理装置140bまたはデータ処理装置140cは、データ処理装置140aに、ステップS214で把握したデータを送信する(S215)。 Then, the data processing device 140b or the data processing device 140c that has received the data request in step S213 refers to the requested data. Then, the data processing device 140b or the data processing device 140c transmits the data acquired in step S214 to the data processing device 140a (S215).
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS215で受信したデータを端末170aに送信する(S216)。 Then, the data processing device 140a transmits the data received in step S215 to the terminal 170a (S216).
(1-6)本実施の形態の効果
 以上のように、本実施の形態によれば、データ処理装置140が、端末170が生成したデータを処理する際等に必要なアプリケーションのプログラムをデータ処理装置140に格納する際に、データ処理装置の周辺環境の映像、振動、音、粉塵等の情報に基づいて、データ処理装置での処理内容を判断し、必要なアプリやデータを配備することによって、データ処理装置が設置される周辺環境の状態に適したデータ処理を実行する環境を構築することができる。
(1-6) Effects of the Present Embodiment As described above, according to the present embodiment, the data processing device 140 performs data processing on application programs required when the data generated by the terminal 170 is processed. When storing in the device 140, by determining the processing contents in the data processing device based on information such as the image, vibration, sound, dust, etc. of the surrounding environment of the data processing device, and by deploying necessary applications and data An environment for executing data processing suitable for the state of the surrounding environment where the data processing apparatus is installed can be constructed.
(2)第2の実施の形態
(2-1)情報処理システムのハードウェア構成
 次に、第2の実施の形態について説明する。以下では、第2の実施の形態と異なる構成について詳細に説明し、同様の構成については詳細な説明を省略する。本実施の形態は、第1の実施の形態の情報処理システムのハードウェア構成と同様の構成を有する。また、本実施の形態は、データ処理装置140が周辺環境の状態変化を検知して、データの処理方法や格納場所などを変更する点で第1の実施形態と異なる構成となっている。
(2) Second Embodiment (2-1) Hardware Configuration of Information Processing System Next, a second embodiment will be described. Hereinafter, a configuration different from that of the second embodiment will be described in detail, and detailed description of the same configuration will be omitted. This embodiment has the same configuration as the hardware configuration of the information processing system of the first embodiment. Further, the present embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that the data processing device 140 detects a change in the state of the surrounding environment and changes the data processing method, storage location, and the like.
 データ処理装置140設置時の動作は第1の実施形態とほぼ同様であるが、図13のステップS104において、管理サーバ150が、処理判断ポリシ情報1300、周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100、サービス要件2200に加えて、後述する周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400をデータ処理装置140aに送信する点が異なる。 The operation at the time of installing the data processing apparatus 140 is almost the same as that of the first embodiment. However, in step S104 in FIG. 13, the management server 150 performs processing determination policy information 1300, state information template 1100 of the surrounding environment, and service requirements 2200. In addition, the processing decision policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, which will be described later, is transmitted to the data processing device 140a.
 また、端末170がデータを生成する際の動作は、第1の実施形態とほぼ同様であるが、図15のステップS203、ステップS205及びステップS207において、データ処理装置140がデータ処理する方法を判断する際に、処理方法情報1900を参照して判断する代わりに、後述する周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600を参照して判断する点が異なる。 The operation when the terminal 170 generates data is almost the same as that in the first embodiment, but the data processing device 140 determines the data processing method in steps S203, S205, and S207 in FIG. In this case, instead of making a determination with reference to the processing method information 1900, the determination is made with reference to the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, which will be described later.
 また、端末170がデータを参照する際の動作は、第1の実施形態とほぼ同様であるが、図16のステップS212、ステップS214において、データ処理装置140がデータ処理する方法を判断する際に、処理方法情報1900を参照して判断する代わりに、後述する周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600を参照して判断する点が異なる。 The operation when the terminal 170 refers to the data is almost the same as that in the first embodiment. However, in steps S212 and S214 in FIG. However, instead of making the determination with reference to the processing method information 1900, the determination is made with reference to the processing method information 2600 when the surrounding environment changes, which will be described later.
 本実施の形態において、情報処理システムの全体構成、データ処理装置の物理構成、データ処理装置の論理構成は第1の実施形態の構成と同じである。ただし、本実施の形態においては、データ処理装置140の制御用データ記憶部350を構成する周辺環境状態情報記憶部351が、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600、周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700を保持する点で異なる。 In the present embodiment, the overall configuration of the information processing system, the physical configuration of the data processing device, and the logical configuration of the data processing device are the same as those in the first embodiment. However, in the present embodiment, the surrounding environment state information storage unit 351 constituting the control data storage unit 350 of the data processing device 140 includes the processing determination policy information 1400 when the surrounding environment state changes, and the surrounding environment state change. The processing method information 2600 at the time and the server behavior information 2700 at the time of the state change of the surrounding environment are different.
 以下に、周辺環境状態情報記憶部351が保持する、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600、周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700について説明する。 Hereinafter, processing determination policy information 1400 at the time of change in the state of the surrounding environment, processing method information 2600 at the time of change in the state of the surrounding environment, and server behavior information 2700 at the time of change in the state of the surrounding environment held by the surrounding environment state information storage unit 351 Will be described.
 図17は、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400の一例を示す図表である。周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400は、データ処理装置140が周辺環境の状態変化した際の挙動方法を判断するために利用される。図17に示すように、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400は、分類欄1401、評価項目欄1402、変動値欄103、変動閾値欄1404及び挙動方法欄1405から構成される。 FIG. 17 is a chart showing an example of the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes. The processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes is used to determine the behavior method when the data processing device 140 changes the state of the surrounding environment. As shown in FIG. 17, the process determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes includes a classification column 1401, an evaluation item column 1402, a variation value column 103, a variation threshold column 1404, and a behavior method column 1405.
 データ処理装置140は、データ処理方法を判断する際に、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400のうち、周辺環境の状態変化を示す変動値が変動敷値を上回った行に対応する挙動方法の列に記載される条件文とアクションを参照して、データ処理装置140の挙動方法を決定する。 When determining the data processing method, the data processing device 140 corresponds to a row in the processing determination policy information 1400 at the time of the change in the state of the surrounding environment in which the fluctuation value indicating the change in the state of the surrounding environment exceeds the fluctuation threshold. The behavior method of the data processing device 140 is determined with reference to the conditional statements and actions described in the behavior method column.
 周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400の、変動閾値及び挙動方法はデータ処理装置140の管理者によって工場出荷時等に入力されて管理サーバ150に管理される。そして、データ処理装置140の設置時に、ステップS104で管理サーバ150からデータ処理装置140aに送信される。 The fluctuation threshold value and behavior method of the processing judgment policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes are input by the administrator of the data processing device 140 at the time of factory shipment and managed by the management server 150. Then, when the data processing device 140 is installed, the data is transmitted from the management server 150 to the data processing device 140a in step S104.
 分類欄1401には、計測可能な物理量と通信特性が格納される。計測可能な物理量は、周辺環境の状態情報1000の計測可能な物理量の各項目に、ボタンを加えたものである。ボタンは、データ処理装置140に備えられたボタンやスイッチのON・OFFを示す。 The classification column 1401 stores measurable physical quantities and communication characteristics. The measurable physical quantity is obtained by adding a button to each item of the measurable physical quantity in the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment. The button indicates ON / OFF of a button or switch provided in the data processing device 140.
 通信特性は、ネットワーク130、またはデータ処理装置140と端末170とを繋ぐネットワークの通信特性を示す。通信特性はUPLINK断、DOWNリンク断、UPLINK輻輳、DOWNLINK輻輳、アドレス変更の3種類に分類される。UPLINK断は、ネットワーク130において通信障害等が発生し、データ処理装置140が他のデータ処理装置140と通信できなくなったことを示す。UPLINK輻輳は、データ処理装置140間の通信品質が劣化したことを示し、具体的には通信遅延が増加したり、帯域が減少したりしたことを示す。UPLINK断とUPLINK輻輳は、データ処理装置140間でPing等によって検知できる。DOWNリンク断は、データ処理装置140と端末170を繋ぐネットワーク130において通信障害等が発生し、データ処理装置140が端末170と通信できなくなったことを示す。UPLINK輻輳は、データ処理装置140と端末170間の通信品質が劣化したこと、具体的には通信遅延が増加した、または、帯域が減少したことを示す。アドレス変更は、データ処理装置140-2~nのアドレスが変更されたことを示す。 The communication characteristics indicate the communication characteristics of the network 130 or the network connecting the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170. Communication characteristics are classified into three types: UPLINK disconnection, DOWN link disconnection, UPLINK congestion, DOWNLINK congestion, and address change. The UPLINK disconnection indicates that a communication failure or the like has occurred in the network 130 and the data processing device 140 can no longer communicate with other data processing devices 140. UPLINK congestion indicates that the communication quality between the data processing apparatuses 140 has deteriorated, and specifically indicates that the communication delay has increased or the bandwidth has decreased. UPLINK disconnection and UPLINK congestion can be detected between data processing devices 140 by Ping or the like. The DOWN link disconnection indicates that a communication failure or the like has occurred in the network 130 connecting the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170, and the data processing device 140 cannot communicate with the terminal 170. UPLINK congestion indicates that the communication quality between the data processing device 140 and the terminal 170 has deteriorated, specifically, the communication delay has increased or the bandwidth has decreased. The address change indicates that the addresses of the data processing devices 140-2 to 140-n have been changed.
 変動値欄1403には、評価項目の各値が一定時間前から変化した量が格納される。変動閾値欄1404には、変動値の変化が有意なものか否かを判断するための閾値が格納され、管理者により、データ処理装置140の工場出荷前にサービス要件2200を考慮して設定される。 The fluctuation value column 1403 stores the amount of change of each value of the evaluation item from a certain time ago. The fluctuation threshold value column 1404 stores a threshold value for determining whether or not the change of the fluctuation value is significant, and is set by the administrator in consideration of the service requirement 2200 before shipping the data processing apparatus 140 to the factory. The
 挙動方法欄1405には、セキュリティ確保、データ複製、転送、データ保存、装置起動、姿勢変更、発音、点灯、計測、発電、及び発熱・除熱などが含まれる。挙動方法の各列には、各処理を実施するか否かを判断するための条件文と条件を満たす場合のアクションが格納される。挙動方法は、管理者により、データ処理装置140の工場出荷前にサービス要件2200を考慮して設定される。 The behavior method column 1405 includes security ensuring, data duplication, transfer, data storage, device activation, posture change, sound generation, lighting, measurement, power generation, heat generation / heat removal, and the like. Each column of the behavior method stores a conditional statement for determining whether to execute each process and an action when the condition is satisfied. The behavior method is set by the administrator in consideration of the service requirement 2200 before the data processing apparatus 140 is shipped from the factory.
 セキュリティ確保とは、セキュリティを確保するための動作であり、データロック、暗号化、認証強化を含む。 Securing security is an operation to ensure security, including data lock, encryption, and enhanced authentication.
 データロックとは、端末170や他のデータ処理装置140がデータ参照を要求した際に参照を拒否することを示す。これにより、データ処理装置140が物理的に盗難された場合にデータ処理装置140のデータ記憶部385に格納されたデータが流出するリスクを低減することができる。 Data lock indicates that the terminal 170 or another data processing device 140 rejects the reference when requesting the data reference. Thereby, when the data processing apparatus 140 is physically stolen, the risk that the data stored in the data storage unit 385 of the data processing apparatus 140 leaks can be reduced.
 暗号化とは、データ処理装置140のデータ記憶部385に格納される情報を暗号化させる、または、暗号化のレベルを高める動作を示す。これにより、通常時は処理負荷の低い暗号に留めてデータ処理装置の演算処理装置の負荷軽減と処理遅延の低減が可能になり、また、盗難された場合においてもデータ処理装置140のデータ記憶部385に格納されたデータが流出するリスクを低減することができる。 Encryption refers to an operation of encrypting information stored in the data storage unit 385 of the data processing device 140 or increasing the level of encryption. As a result, it is possible to reduce the load on the arithmetic processing unit of the data processing device and reduce the processing delay by keeping the encryption with a low processing load during normal times, and the data storage unit of the data processing device 140 even when stolen The risk that the data stored in 385 leaks can be reduced.
 認証強化とは、端末170がデータ参照を要求した際に端末170に要求する認証レベルを高めることを示す。これによって、暗号化の効果と同様に通常時の電残処理装置の負荷軽減と処理遅延の低減、及び、盗難時のデータ流出のリスクを低減することができる。 “Authentication enhancement” indicates that the authentication level required from the terminal 170 when the terminal 170 requests data reference is increased. As a result, similarly to the effect of encryption, it is possible to reduce the load on the electronic residual processing device during normal operation, reduce the processing delay, and reduce the risk of data leakage during theft.
 データ複製は、サービスの可用性を高めるための動作であり、データの複製と削除を含む。複製とは、データ処理装置140が、外部記憶装置502に記憶されるデータを、自身のデータ処理装置140内の他の外部記憶装置502に複製したり、または、他のデータ処理装置140の外部記憶装置502に複製したりすることを示す。削除とは、複製されたデータを削除する動作を示す。 Data replication is an operation to increase service availability, and includes data replication and deletion. The duplication means that the data processing device 140 duplicates data stored in the external storage device 502 to another external storage device 502 in its own data processing device 140 or is external to another data processing device 140. It indicates that the data is copied to the storage device 502. Deletion refers to an operation of deleting replicated data.
 転送は、データ処理の代理やデータの複製等を目的に、端末170やデータ処理装置140から受信したデータを、他のデータ処理装置140に転送する動作を示す。転送は転送先、優先度、経路/回線種別を含む。各項目は、処理判断ポリシ情報1300の転送の項目と同じである。 “Transfer” indicates an operation of transferring data received from the terminal 170 or the data processing device 140 to another data processing device 140 for the purpose of data processing proxy or data replication. The transfer includes a transfer destination, a priority, and a route / line type. Each item is the same as the transfer item of the process determination policy information 1300.
 データ保存は、保存と削除を含む。保存は、データ処理装置140が保持するデータを保存することを示し、削除は、データを削除することを示す。 Data storage includes storage and deletion. Saving indicates saving the data held by the data processing device 140, and deleting indicates deleting the data.
 装置起動は、消費電力を削減するためなどに、データ処理装置140内部の物理装置を起動、または停止させることを示し、起動と停止を含む。起動は、データ処理装置の物理装置を起動させることを示し、停止は前記物理装置を停止させることを示す。 The device activation indicates that the physical device inside the data processing device 140 is activated or stopped in order to reduce power consumption, and includes activation and deactivation. The start indicates that the physical device of the data processing device is started, and the stop indicates that the physical device is stopped.
 姿勢変更は、データ処理装置140が移動や姿勢を変更するための動作を示し、移動と回転を含む。移動は、データ処理装置140が前進や後退することを示し、回転はデータ処理装置140が回転することを示す。 The attitude change indicates an operation for the data processing device 140 to change the movement or attitude, and includes movement and rotation. The movement indicates that the data processing device 140 moves forward or backward, and the rotation indicates that the data processing device 140 rotates.
 発音は、データ処理装置140が周囲に警報を伝えるためや、データ処理装置140の管理者や利用者とコミュニケーションをとる為に警報音や音声を発生する動作を示す。 The pronunciation indicates an operation for generating an alarm sound or sound for the data processing device 140 to transmit an alarm to the surroundings or to communicate with an administrator or a user of the data processing device 140.
 点灯は、データ処理装置140が自身の周辺環境の状態変化に伴い処理方法を変化させたことをデータ処理装置140の管理者や利用者に通知するためランプを点灯する動作を示す。 “Lighting” indicates an operation of lighting a lamp to notify the administrator or user of the data processing device 140 that the data processing device 140 has changed the processing method in accordance with a change in the state of its surrounding environment.
 計測は、データ処理装置140の計測部391が、周辺環境の状態情報の詳細を把握するために、通常時は停止しているセンサ511を用いて計測する動作を示す。 Measurement indicates an operation in which the measurement unit 391 of the data processing device 140 performs measurement using the sensor 511 that is normally stopped in order to grasp the details of the state information of the surrounding environment.
 発電は、データ処理装置140の非常用電源506の残量が減少した場合や供給される電力が停止した場合に、発電装置516を稼働させて発電する動作を示す。 “Power generation” indicates an operation of generating power by operating the power generation device 516 when the remaining amount of the emergency power source 506 of the data processing device 140 decreases or when the supplied power is stopped.
 発熱・除熱は、データ処理装置140の内部温度が適切な温度範囲を示す閾値に近づいた際に、内部温度を適切な温度範囲に保つために発熱、または除熱する動作を示す。 Heat generation / heat removal indicates an operation of generating heat or removing heat in order to keep the internal temperature in an appropriate temperature range when the internal temperature of the data processing device 140 approaches a threshold value indicating an appropriate temperature range.
 図18は、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600の一例を示す図表である。周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600は、データ処理装置140毎に管理され、データ処理装置140が受信したデータを処理する方法を管理する。図18に示すように、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600は、サーバID欄2601、サービスID欄2602、セキュリティ確保欄2603、データ複製欄2604、転送欄2605及びデータ保存欄2606から構成される。 FIG. 18 is a chart showing an example of processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes. The processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes is managed for each data processing device 140 and manages the method for processing the data received by the data processing device 140. As shown in FIG. 18, the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes includes a server ID field 2601, a service ID field 2602, a security ensuring field 2603, a data replication field 2604, a transfer field 2605, and a data storage field 2606. Is done.
 サーバID欄2601には、サービスの識別子が格納される。サービスID欄2602には、サービスの識別子ら格納される。セキュリティ確保欄2603、データ複製欄2604、転送欄2605及びデータ保存欄2606の各項目は、それぞれ、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400のセキュリティ確保、データ複製、転送、データ保存と同様の値が格納される。各欄に格納される値は、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400に規定されるアクションである。 The server ID column 2601 stores service identifiers. The service ID column 2602 stores service identifiers. The items of the security ensuring column 2603, the data replication column 2604, the transfer column 2605, and the data storage column 2606 are the same as the security assurance, data replication, transfer, and data storage of the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, respectively. The value of is stored. The value stored in each column is an action defined in the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes.
 図19は、周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700の一例を示す図表である。周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700は、データ処理装置140毎に管理され、データ処理装置140が受信したデータを処理する方法を管理する。図19に示すように、周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700は、サーバID欄2701、サービスID欄2702、装置起動欄2703、姿勢変更欄2704、発音欄2705、点灯欄2706、計測欄2707、発電欄2708及び発熱・除熱欄2709を含む。 FIG. 19 is a chart showing an example of the server behavior information 2700 when the state of the surrounding environment changes. The server behavior information 2700 at the time of a change in the state of the surrounding environment is managed for each data processing device 140, and manages a method for processing data received by the data processing device 140. As shown in FIG. 19, the server behavior information 2700 at the time of a change in the state of the surrounding environment includes a server ID column 2701, a service ID column 2702, an apparatus activation column 2703, an attitude change column 2704, a sound generation column 2705, a lighting column 2706, and a measurement column. 2707, a power generation column 2708, and a heat generation / heat removal column 2709.
 サーバID欄2701には、サービスの識別子が格納される。サービスID欄2702には、サービスの識別子が格納される。姿勢変更欄2704、発音欄2705、点灯欄2706、計測欄2707、発電欄2708及び発熱・除熱欄2709の各欄には、それぞれ、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400の装置起動、姿勢変更、発音、点灯、計測、発電、発熱・除熱と同様の情報が格納される。各欄に格納される情報は、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400に規定されるアクションである。 In the server ID column 2701, service identifiers are stored. The service ID column 2702 stores service identifiers. In the columns of the posture change column 2704, the sound generation column 2705, the lighting column 2706, the measurement column 2707, the power generation column 2708, and the heat generation / heat removal column 2709, the apparatus activation of the processing judgment policy information 1400 when the surrounding environment changes state Information similar to posture change, sound generation, lighting, measurement, power generation, heat generation / heat removal is stored. The information stored in each column is an action defined in the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes.
(2-2)データ処理装置の動作の詳細
 図20は、本実施形態におけるデータ処理装置設置時の動作を示すシーケンス図である。まず、データ処理装置140が設置される際の一連の動作の流れを説明し、続いて、本動作の具体例について説明する。
(2-2) Details of Operation of Data Processing Device FIG. 20 is a sequence diagram showing the operation when the data processing device is installed in the present embodiment. First, a flow of a series of operations when the data processing device 140 is installed will be described, and then a specific example of this operation will be described.
 ステップS301及びステップS302は、それぞれ、第1の実施形態の図13のステップS101及びステップS102と同様の処理であるため、説明を省略する。 Since step S301 and step S302 are the same processing as step S101 and step S102 of FIG. 13 of the first embodiment, respectively, description thereof will be omitted.
 ステップS103において、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS302において把握した周辺環境の状態情報1000のサーバID、IPアドレス、及び測定可能な物理量を管理サーバ150に通知し、周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100、サービス要件2200、及び、処理判断ポリシ情報1300、及び、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400を要求する。なお、データ処理装置140aは、周辺環境の状態に加えて、シーケンス4020で把握したデータ処理装置140aの特性と状態も管理サーバ150に通知してもよい。 In step S103, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of the server ID, IP address, and measurable physical quantity of the surrounding environment state information 1000 grasped in step S302, and the surrounding environment state information template 1100, service The requirement 2200, the processing determination policy information 1300, and the processing determination policy information 1400 when the surrounding environment changes are requested. Note that the data processing device 140a may notify the management server 150 of the characteristics and status of the data processing device 140a grasped in the sequence 4020 in addition to the status of the surrounding environment.
 そして、管理サーバ150は、ステップS303において受信した周辺環境の状態情報1000に適した周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100、サービス要件2200、処理判断ポリシ情報1300及び周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400をデータ処理装置140aに送信する。処理判断ポリシ情報1300は、要求値と環境基準値の部分が空欄となっており、アプリ処理、加工・変換、転送、保存の各項目に条件文とアクションが含まれる。条件文とアクションは、事前に管理者によって設定される。 Then, the management server 150, the surrounding environment state information template 1100 suitable for the surrounding environment state information 1000 received in step S303, the service requirement 2200, the processing judgment policy information 1300, and the processing judgment policy information when the surrounding environment state changes 1400 is transmitted to the data processing device 140a. In the process determination policy information 1300, the request value and the environment reference value are blank, and a conditional statement and an action are included in each item of application process, processing / conversion, transfer, and storage. Conditional statements and actions are set in advance by the administrator.
 周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400は、変動値が空欄となっており、変動閾値に値が、挙動方法に条件文とアクションが格納される。条件文とアクションは、事前に管理者によって設定される。第1の実施形態と同様、周辺環境の状態情報テンプレート1100の一部の情報は、公開されるWEBサイトから情報を取得して作成されてもよい。 In the processing judgment policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, the variation value is blank, the value is stored in the variation threshold, and the conditional statement and action are stored in the behavior method. Conditional statements and actions are set in advance by the administrator. As in the first embodiment, some information of the surrounding environment state information template 1100 may be created by acquiring information from a public WEB site.
 ステップS305の処理は、第1の実施形態の図13のステップS105と同様の処理であるため、説明を省略する。以上の処理により、設置時の動作が終了し、第1の実施形態の端末170がデータを参照する際の図16に示す動作や端末170がデータを生成する際の図15の動作が開始される。以下、データ処理装置140aが周辺環境の状態変化を検知した際の動作について説明する。 Since the process in step S305 is the same as the process in step S105 in FIG. 13 of the first embodiment, a description thereof will be omitted. With the above processing, the operation at the time of installation ends, and the operation shown in FIG. 16 when the terminal 170 of the first embodiment refers to data and the operation of FIG. 15 when the terminal 170 generates data are started. The Hereinafter, an operation when the data processing device 140a detects a change in the state of the surrounding environment will be described.
 ステップS306において、データ処理装置5520は、周辺環境の状態変化を検知する。具体的には、データ処理装置140aの計測部391がセンサ511によって定期的に、周辺環境の状態情報1000の測定可能な物理量の一部を計測する。また、周辺環境の状態生成・判断部301が、一定時刻前の前記計測可能な物理量の一部との差を計算し、その差を、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400の変動値に挿入する。周辺環境の状態生成・判断部301は、任意の1行以上の行において、変動値が変動閾値を超えることを検知する。周辺環境の状態変化を検知した場合は、ステップS307に進む。検知しなかった場合は、一定時間後にステップS306を再度実施する。 In step S306, the data processing device 5520 detects a change in the state of the surrounding environment. Specifically, the measurement unit 391 of the data processing device 140a periodically measures a part of the measurable physical quantity of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment by the sensor 511. In addition, the surrounding environment state generation / determination unit 301 calculates a difference from a part of the measurable physical quantity before a certain time, and uses the difference to change the processing determination policy information 1400 when the surrounding environment changes. Insert into value. The surrounding environment state generation / determination unit 301 detects that the fluctuation value exceeds the fluctuation threshold in any one or more lines. If a change in the state of the surrounding environment is detected, the process proceeds to step S307. If not detected, step S306 is performed again after a predetermined time.
 そして、データ処理装置5520は、周辺環境の状態を詳細に計測する(S307)。具体的には、データ処理装置140aの計測部391が周辺環境の状態情報1000の測定可能な物理量のうち、ステップS306で計測していなかった全て、または一部を計測する。そして、周辺環境の状態生成・判断部301が、一定時刻前の前記計測可能な物理量の一部との差を計算し、その差を、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400の変動値に挿入する。周辺環境の状態生成・判断部301が、任意の1行以上の行において、変動値が変動閾値を超えることを検知する。 Then, the data processing device 5520 measures the state of the surrounding environment in detail (S307). Specifically, the measurement unit 391 of the data processing device 140a measures all or a part of the measurable physical quantity of the state information 1000 of the surrounding environment that has not been measured in step S306. Then, the surrounding environment state generation / determination unit 301 calculates a difference from a part of the measurable physical quantity before a certain time, and uses the difference to change the processing determination policy information 1400 when the surrounding environment changes. Insert into value. The surrounding environment state generation / determination unit 301 detects that the fluctuation value exceeds the fluctuation threshold in any one or more lines.
 これにより、全てのセンサ511によって全ての計測可能な物理量を計測する必要がなく、常時計測しない計測可能な物理量の計測周期は長く設定することによって、消費電力を削減することができる。すなわち、データ処理装置140は、周辺環境の状態変化の詳細な計測による正確な判断と消費電力削減を両立することができる。なお、データ処理装置140が処理内容の変更を速やかに変更する必要がある場合は、ステップS307の処理を実行せずに、ステップS306において全ての計測可能な物理量を計測しても良い。 Thus, it is not necessary to measure all the measurable physical quantities by all the sensors 511, and the power consumption can be reduced by setting the measurement cycle of the measurable physical quantities that are not always measured to be long. That is, the data processing device 140 can achieve both accurate determination by detailed measurement of state changes in the surrounding environment and power consumption reduction. If it is necessary for the data processing device 140 to change the processing content promptly, all the measurable physical quantities may be measured in step S306 without executing the processing in step S307.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは管理サーバ150にステップS305及びステップS306において検知した周辺環境の状態変化を通知する。なお、ステップS305及びステップS306は省略してもよい。 Then, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of the change in the state of the surrounding environment detected in steps S305 and S306. Note that step S305 and step S306 may be omitted.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、データ処理方法を判断するための情報である環境変化時の処理方法情報2600及び環境変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700を生成する(S309)。ステップS309の処理の詳細を、図21を参照して説明する。 Then, the data processing device 140a generates processing method information 2600 when the environment changes and server behavior information 2700 when the environment changes, which is information for determining the data processing method (S309). Details of the processing in step S309 will be described with reference to FIG.
 図21は、図20のステップS309において、処理方法情報を生成するフローチャートである。図21に示すように、まず、制御調停部302は、処理優先度が高いサービスIDと、当該サービスIDに対応する周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400を参照して、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600を算出する(S321)。具体的に、制御調停部302は、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400の情報の挙動方法の各列に格納されている条件文を参照し、各評価項目の行において変動値と変動閾値が当該条件文を満たすか否かを判断する。そして、制御調停部302は、条件文を満たすアクションを全て把握する。 FIG. 21 is a flowchart for generating processing method information in step S309 of FIG. As shown in FIG. 21, first, the control arbitration unit 302 refers to the service ID having a high processing priority and the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment corresponding to the service ID changes. Processing method information 2600 at the time of state change is calculated (S321). Specifically, the control arbitration unit 302 refers to the conditional statement stored in each column of the information behavior method of the process determination policy information 1400 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, and changes the fluctuation value in the row of each evaluation item. It is determined whether the variation threshold satisfies the conditional statement. Then, the control arbitration unit 302 grasps all actions that satisfy the conditional statement.
 制御調停部302は、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600のサーバID欄2601に自身のデータ処理識別子を格納し、サービスID欄2602に上記で把握したサービス識別子を格納する。また、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600のセキュリティ確保欄2603、データ複製欄2604、転送欄2605、データ保存欄2606に、把握したセキュリティ確保、データ複製、転送、データ保存のアクションを追加する。 The control arbitration unit 302 stores its own data processing identifier in the server ID column 2601 of the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, and stores the service identifier grasped above in the service ID column 2602. Also, actions for ensuring security, data duplication, transfer, and data storage are added to the security ensuring column 2603, data replication column 2604, transfer column 2605, and data storage column 2606 of the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes. To do.
 そして、制御調停部302は、データ処理装置140の構成装置の稼働や停止を判断する(S322)。具体的に、制御調停部302は、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法2700のサーバID欄2701に自身のデータ処理識別子を格納し、サービスID欄2702にステップS321で把握したサービス識別子を追加し、周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700の装置起動、姿勢変更、発音、点灯、計測、発電、発熱・除熱に、把握した装置起動、姿勢変更、発音、点灯、計測、発電、発熱・除熱のアクションを追加する。 Then, the control arbitration unit 302 determines whether the constituent devices of the data processing device 140 are operating or stopped (S322). Specifically, the control arbitration unit 302 stores its own data processing identifier in the server ID column 2701 of the processing method 2700 when the surrounding environment changes, and adds the service identifier grasped in step S321 to the service ID column 2702. , Device start-up, posture change, sound generation, lighting, measurement, power generation, heat generation / heat removal of server behavior information 2700 at the time of state change of surrounding environment, device start-up, posture change, sounding, lighting, measurement, power generation, heat generation -Add heat removal action.
 なお、装置起動のアクションについては、データ処理やデータ処理制御、データの保存、通信等のデータ処理に直接影響を与える、演算処理装置501、外部記憶装置502、内部記憶装置503、通信切替装置504、無線送受信装置507を停止させる場合、サーバ内稼働状況2300の停止時の停止可否を参照する。そして、各装置が停止不可であれば停止させないと判断し、停止可能であれば、更に、停止時の影響サービスに示されるサービスIDを把握し、同サービスIDに対応するサービス要件2200を参照する。そして、サービス要件2200を参照した結果、各装置を停止させた場合にもサービス要件の最大許容値を満たす場合には停止させると判断し、満たさない場合には停止させないと判断する。 Note that the device activation action directly affects data processing such as data processing, data processing control, data storage, and communication, and the like. Arithmetic processing device 501, external storage device 502, internal storage device 503, communication switching device 504 When the wireless transmission / reception device 507 is stopped, refer to whether or not the server operating status 2300 can be stopped. If each device cannot be stopped, it is determined that the device is not stopped. If the device can be stopped, the service ID indicated in the service that is affected at the time of stop is further grasped, and the service requirement 2200 corresponding to the service ID is referred to. . As a result of referring to the service requirement 2200, even when each device is stopped, it is determined that the device is stopped if the maximum allowable value of the service requirement is satisfied.
 また、周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700の装置起動の停止においては、停止させる構成装置の識別子ではなく、周辺環境の状態情報1000のインフラ復旧時間が記載されることがある。その場合、制御調停部302は、サーバ内部稼働状況2300の非常用電源の最大能力と使用率から未使用の余剰電力量(余剰電力量=最大能力×(1-使用率))を算出し、停止させる構成装置の消費電力の合計とインフラ復旧時間の積が余剰電力量よりも小さくなるように、停止する構成装置を選択する。これにより、データ処理装置140は、供給電力が停止され、電力が復旧するまでの間、データ処理装置140が備える非常用電源の余剰電力を使い切らないようにすることができる。 In addition, when stopping the device activation of the server behavior information 2700 when the state of the surrounding environment changes, the infrastructure recovery time of the surrounding environment state information 1000 may be described instead of the identifier of the component device to be stopped. In that case, the control arbitration unit 302 calculates an unused surplus power amount (surplus power amount = maximum capacity × (1−usage rate)) from the maximum capacity and usage rate of the emergency power supply in the server internal operation status 2300, The component device to be stopped is selected so that the product of the total power consumption of the component devices to be stopped and the infrastructure recovery time is smaller than the surplus power amount. Thereby, the data processing device 140 can prevent the surplus power of the emergency power supply included in the data processing device 140 from being used up until the supply power is stopped and the power is restored.
 そして、制御調停部302は、全てのサービスIDに対してステップS321及びステップS322の処理を実施したか判定する(S323)。ステップS323において、全てのサービスIDに対して実施完了したと判断された場合には、制御調停部302は、処理を終了する。一方、全てのサービスIDに対して実施完了していないと判断された場合には、制御調停部302は、ステップS321以降の処理を繰り返す。以上、図20のステップS309の詳細について説明した。 Then, the control arbitration unit 302 determines whether or not the processing of step S321 and step S322 has been performed on all service IDs (S323). If it is determined in step S323 that implementation has been completed for all service IDs, the control arbitration unit 302 ends the process. On the other hand, when it is determined that the implementation has not been completed for all the service IDs, the control arbitration unit 302 repeats the processes after step S321. The details of step S309 in FIG. 20 have been described above.
 図20に戻り、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS309において生成した環境変化時の処理方法情報2600を、データ処理装置140b及び140cに送信する(S310)。 Referring back to FIG. 20, the data processing device 140a transmits the processing method information 2600 at the time of environment change generated in step S309 to the data processing devices 140b and 140c (S310).
 ステップS310において、データ処理装置140aは、周辺環境の状態情報変化時の処理判断ポリシ情報1400の変動値を送信してもよい。変動値を送信することにより、データ処理装置140b及び140cは、データ処理装置140aの周辺環境の状態変化を把握することができ、データ処理装置140aの情報を考慮してデータ処理方法やサーバ挙動方法を判断することができる。 In step S310, the data processing device 140a may transmit a variation value of the processing determination policy information 1400 when the state information of the surrounding environment changes. By transmitting the fluctuation value, the data processing devices 140b and 140c can grasp the state change of the surrounding environment of the data processing device 140a, and the data processing method and the server behavior method in consideration of the information of the data processing device 140a. Can be judged.
 そして、データ処理装置140b及び140cは、ステップS310で通知された処理の処理可否を判断する(S311)。ステップS311における処理可否判断の方法は、第1の実施形態の図13のステップS110と同様のため、説明を省略する。なお、処理方法情報1900の代わりに周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600を用いてもよい。 Then, the data processing devices 140b and 140c determine whether or not the processing notified in step S310 is possible (S311). The method for determining whether processing is possible in step S311 is the same as step S110 in FIG. 13 of the first embodiment, and a description thereof is omitted. Instead of the processing method information 1900, processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes may be used.
 そして、データ処理装置140b及び140cは、ステップS311で生成した処理要求対応可否の情報を、データ処理装置140aに送信する(S312)。 Then, the data processing devices 140b and 140c transmit the information indicating whether or not the processing request can be handled generated in step S311 to the data processing device 140a (S312).
 なお、ステップS310及びステップS312の動作は、全てのデータ処理装置140が相互に通知し合うと通信量が増加して通信回線が圧迫される可能性がある。また、データ処理装置140の処理負荷が増加して、その他のデータ処理に悪影響を及ぼす可能性がある。そのため、データ処理装置140は、上記の情報を通知し合うべきデータ処理装置140を、特定のデータ処理装置に限定してもよい。例えば、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600のサーバIDに記載されるデータ処理装置に限定してもよい。 Note that, in the operations of step S310 and step S312, if all the data processing devices 140 notify each other, the communication amount may increase and the communication line may be compressed. In addition, the processing load on the data processing device 140 may increase and adversely affect other data processing. Therefore, the data processing device 140 may limit the data processing device 140 to which the above information should be notified to a specific data processing device. For example, you may limit to the data processing apparatus described in server ID of the processing method information 2600 at the time of the surrounding environment state change.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS312において受信した処理可否判断の情報を参照して、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600を更新する(S313)。ステップS313における更新の方法は、第1の実施形態の図13のステップS112と同様であるため、説明は省略する。また、処理方法情報2600の更新に伴い、周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700を更新してもよい。 Then, the data processing device 140a updates the processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes with reference to the processing availability determination information received in step S312 (S313). The updating method in step S313 is the same as that in step S112 in FIG. 13 of the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted. Further, along with the update of the processing method information 2600, the server behavior information 2700 when the state of the surrounding environment changes may be updated.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、ステップS313で更新した処理方法情報2600にしたがってデータ処理を実行する(S314)。また、周辺環境の状態変化時のサーバ挙動情報2700を参照して、サーバの挙動方法を変更する。 Then, the data processing device 140a executes data processing according to the processing method information 2600 updated in step S313 (S314). Further, the server behavior method 2700 is changed with reference to the server behavior information 2700 when the state of the surrounding environment changes.
 そして、データ処理装置140aは、データ処理要求をデータ処理装置140bまたは140cに通知する(S315)。そして、ステップS315においてデータ処理要求を通知されたデータ処理装置140bまたは140cは、データ処理を実行する(S316)。具体的に、データ処理装置140bまたは40cは、ステップS315において受信した周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600のうち、ステップS311において対応可能と判断したアクションを実行する。 Then, the data processing device 140a notifies the data processing device 140b or 140c of the data processing request (S315). The data processing device 140b or 140c notified of the data processing request in step S315 executes data processing (S316). Specifically, the data processing device 140b or 40c executes the action determined in step S311 to be compatible in the processing method information 2600 at the time of the change in the state of the surrounding environment received in step S315.
 そして、データ処理装置140b及び140cは、データ処理装置140aに処理結果を通知する(S317)。そして、データ処理装置140aは、周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法情報2600を管理サーバ150に通知する(S318)。 The data processing devices 140b and 140c notify the data processing device 140a of the processing result (S317). Then, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 of processing method information 2600 when the state of the surrounding environment changes (S318).
 以上、本実施の形態におけるデータ処理装置設置時の動作の一連の処理の流れを説明した。次に、周辺環境の状態変化時の動作の具体例について説明する。 In the foregoing, the flow of a series of operations when the data processing device is installed in the present embodiment has been described. Next, a specific example of the operation when the state of the surrounding environment changes will be described.
 まず、停電等により、データ処理装置140aへの電力供給が停止した場合にデータ処理装置140aが非常用電源506で稼働を継続させる場合に、データ処理装置140aの稼働可能な時間を延長する動作について説明する。このとき、データ処理装置140aは、内部の通信切替装置504以外の装置の大部分を停止させ、データ処理を他のデータ処理装置140に依頼する。 First, when the power supply to the data processing device 140a is stopped due to a power failure or the like, and the data processing device 140a continues to operate with the emergency power source 506, the operation for extending the operable time of the data processing device 140a. explain. At this time, the data processing device 140a stops most of the devices other than the internal communication switching device 504 and requests the other data processing device 140 to perform data processing.
 図20のステップS306において、データ処理装置140aが、評価項目が電力の行について、変動値が変動閾値を下回ることを検知したとする。そして、ステップS308において、データ処理装置140aは、電力が変動閾値を下回ったことを管理サーバ150に通知する。 20, it is assumed that the data processing apparatus 140a detects that the fluctuation value is below the fluctuation threshold for the row where the evaluation item is power in step S306 of FIG. In step S308, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 that the power has fallen below the variation threshold.
 そして、ステップS309において、データ処理装置140aは、データ処理装置140aが実施していたアプリ処理を停止させ、端末170から受信するデータを他のデータ処理装置140bまたは140cに転送することを判断する。 In step S309, the data processing device 140a determines to stop the application processing performed by the data processing device 140a and transfer the data received from the terminal 170 to the other data processing device 140b or 140c.
 そして、ステップS310において、停止したアプリ処理をデータ処理装置140bまたは140cに要求する。 In step S310, the data processing device 140b or 140c is requested to stop the application processing.
 データ処理装置140aは、ステップS312で他のデータ処理装置140から処理対応可能である旨の通知を受けると、ステップS314でアプリ処理を停止させて、転送を開始する。また、データ処理装置140aの演算処理装置501、外部記憶装置502、内部記憶装置503、センサ511、スピーカ513、駆動装置514を影響のない範囲で停止させる。影響の有無の判断は、サーバ内部稼働状況2300内の停止可否、停止時の影響データ処理部、停止時の影響サービスから判断される。 When the data processing apparatus 140a receives a notification from the other data processing apparatus 140 that processing is possible in step S312, the data processing apparatus 140a stops application processing and starts transfer in step S314. In addition, the arithmetic processing unit 501, the external storage unit 502, the internal storage unit 503, the sensor 511, the speaker 513, and the driving unit 514 of the data processing unit 140a are stopped within a range that is not affected. The presence / absence of the influence is determined from whether or not the server internal operation status 2300 can be stopped, the influence data processing unit at the time of stop, and the influence service at the time of stop.
 停止する装置の消費電力を参照することにより、非常用電源506に蓄積される電力量によってデータ処理装置140aが処理を継続可能な時間を把握することができる。これにより、データ処理装置140aは、継続可能な時間に応じて稼働させる構成装置を選択することが可能となる。また、継続不可能になる前に、管理サーバ150、端末170、データ処理装置140bまたは140cに通知することが可能となる。 By referring to the power consumption of the device to be stopped, it is possible to grasp the time during which the data processing device 140a can continue processing based on the amount of power stored in the emergency power source 506. As a result, the data processing device 140a can select the component device to be operated according to the continuable time. In addition, the management server 150, the terminal 170, and the data processing device 140b or 140c can be notified before it cannot be continued.
 以上の動作により、データ処理装置140aに供給される電力が停止した場合に、データ処理装置140aが行っていたデータ処理を、他のデータ処理装置140が代行する。そして、データ処理装置140a内部の構成装置を停止させることにより、データ処理装置140aは、限られた非常用電源506で、長時間稼働し続けることが可能となる。 By the above operation, when the power supplied to the data processing device 140a is stopped, the other data processing device 140 performs the data processing performed by the data processing device 140a. Then, by stopping the components inside the data processing device 140a, the data processing device 140a can continue to operate for a long time with the limited emergency power source 506.
 次に、データ処理装置140aが盗難された場合に、流出するデータ量と紛失するデータ量を最小限にとどめるための動作について説明する。データ処理装置140aは、想定外の移動を検知した場合に、端末170からのデータ参照を拒否すると共に、受信するデータを他のデータ処理装置140に転送する。さらに、他のデータ処理装置140に対し、データ処理装置140aへのデータの転送を停止することを要求する。 Next, an operation for minimizing the amount of data that flows out and the amount of data that is lost when the data processing device 140a is stolen will be described. When the data processing device 140 a detects an unexpected movement, the data processing device 140 a rejects data reference from the terminal 170 and transfers received data to another data processing device 140. Further, it requests the other data processing device 140 to stop the transfer of data to the data processing device 140a.
 ステップS306において、データ処理装置140aが、評価項目が位置の行について、変動値が変動閾値を超えたことを検知したとする。 In step S306, it is assumed that the data processing device 140a detects that the fluctuation value exceeds the fluctuation threshold for the row whose evaluation item is the position.
 そして、ステップS307において、データ処理装置140aは、速度、姿勢、人影・障害物、音量、音程、振動を追加で計測し、これらの変動値が変動閾値を超えていないかを判断する。ここで、速度、姿勢、音量、音程、振動の変動閾値は、従来、通常運用中に設置されていた複数個所の周辺環境の状態変化であるか否かを判断する値である。人影・障害物は、通常運用中に撮影された人影や障害物かを画像処理によって判断され、通常運用中に撮影された人影や障害物でない場合には、変動値を超えたと判断される。例えば、変動閾値を超える項目が一定数以上の場合に、データ処理装置140aの盗難であると判断して、ステップS308に進む。一方、データ処理装置140aの盗難ではないと判断された場合には、ステップS306の処理に戻る。 In step S307, the data processing device 140a additionally measures the speed, posture, figure / obstacle, volume, pitch, and vibration, and determines whether these fluctuation values exceed the fluctuation threshold. Here, the fluctuation threshold values of speed, posture, volume, pitch, and vibration are values for determining whether or not there are changes in the state of the surrounding environment at a plurality of locations that have been conventionally installed during normal operation. A human figure / obstacle is determined by image processing to determine whether it is a human figure or obstacle photographed during normal operation. If it is not a human figure or obstacle photographed during normal operation, it is determined that the fluctuation value has been exceeded. For example, if the number of items exceeding the variation threshold is equal to or greater than a certain number, it is determined that the data processing device 140a has been stolen, and the process proceeds to step S308. On the other hand, if it is determined that the data processing device 140a is not stolen, the process returns to step S306.
 ステップS308において、データ処理装置140aは、データ処理装置140aが盗難されたことを管理サーバ150に通知する。そして、ステップS309において、データ処理装置140aは、端末170からのデータ参照を拒否すると共に、受信するデータを他のデータ処理装置140に転送する。さらに、データ処理装置140aは、他のデータ処理装置140に対し、データ処理装置140aへのデータ転送の停止を要求するか判断する。 In step S308, the data processing device 140a notifies the management server 150 that the data processing device 140a has been stolen. In step S309, the data processing device 140a rejects the data reference from the terminal 170 and transfers the received data to the other data processing device 140. Furthermore, the data processing device 140a determines whether another data processing device 140 is requested to stop data transfer to the data processing device 140a.
 そして、ステップS310において、データ処理装置140aは、データ処理装置140aが実施していたデータ処理を、データ処理装置140bまたは140cに要求する。また、データ処理装置140aへのデータの送信・転送を停止する要求を送信する。 In step S310, the data processing device 140a requests the data processing device 140b or 140c to perform data processing performed by the data processing device 140a. In addition, a request for stopping transmission / transfer of data to the data processing device 140a is transmitted.
 ステップS312において、データ処理装置140aは、データ処理装置140bまたは140cから処理対応可能である旨の通知を受けた場合、ステップS313で周辺環境の状態変化時の処理方法を変更し、ステップS318で処理方法の変更を管理サーバ150に通知する。 In step S312, when the data processing device 140a receives a notification from the data processing device 140b or 140c that processing is possible, the processing method when the state of the surrounding environment changes is changed in step S313, and processing is performed in step S318. The management server 150 is notified of the method change.
 以下に、その後の動作である、端末170がデータを参照する動作と、データを生成する際の動作について説明する。 In the following, the subsequent operations of the terminal 170 referring to the data and the operation when generating the data will be described.
 まず、端末170がデータを生成する際の動作について説明する。図15のステップS202において、端末170aは、ステップS201において生成したデータをデータ処理装置140aに送信する。 First, the operation when the terminal 170 generates data will be described. In step S202 of FIG. 15, the terminal 170a transmits the data generated in step S201 to the data processing device 140a.
 そして、ステップS203において、データ処理装置140aは、受信したデータをデータ処理装置140bまたは140cに転送する。ステップS205において、データ処理装置140bまたは140cは、データ処理装置140aのデータ処理を代行する。 In step S203, the data processing device 140a transfers the received data to the data processing device 140b or 140c. In step S205, the data processing device 140b or 140c performs the data processing of the data processing device 140a.
 そして、データ処理装置140bまたは140cは、通常はステップS206でデータ処理装置140aに処理結果を通知するが、ステップS310においてデータ処理装置140aへのデータの送信・転送を停止する要求を受けているため、処理結果をデータ処理装置140aに送信せずに、ステップS208で処理完了通知を直接端末170に通知する。その際、端末170は、データ処理装置140aのIPアドレス宛にデータを送信しているため、データ処理装置140bまたは140cの通信経路切替部370は、処理完了通知の送信元IPアドレスをデータ処理装置140aのIPアドレスに変更して送信する。 The data processing device 140b or 140c normally notifies the processing result to the data processing device 140a in step S206, but has received a request to stop transmission / transfer of data to the data processing device 140a in step S310. In step S208, the processing completion notification is directly notified to the terminal 170 without transmitting the processing result to the data processing device 140a. At that time, since the terminal 170 is transmitting data to the IP address of the data processing device 140a, the communication path switching unit 370 of the data processing device 140b or 140c sets the transmission source IP address of the processing completion notification to the data processing device. The IP address is changed to 140a and transmitted.
 次に、端末170がデータを参照する際の動作について説明する。図16のステップS211において、端末170aがデータ処理装置140aにデータ要求を送信する。 Next, the operation when the terminal 170 refers to data will be described. In step S211 of FIG. 16, the terminal 170a transmits a data request to the data processing device 140a.
 そして、ステップS212では、データ処理装置140aはデータ参照を行わずに、ステップS231に進み、受信したデータ要求をデータ処理装置140bに転送する。 In step S212, the data processing device 140a does not refer to the data and proceeds to step S231, and transfers the received data request to the data processing device 140b.
 ステップS214において、データ処理装置140bはデータ処理を代行する。なお、データ処理装置140bが要求されたデータを保持しない場合は、データ処理装置140cにデータを要求する。さらに、データ処理装置140bもデータを保持しない場合は、データ処理装置140aにデータを要求し、データ処理装置140aからデータを受け取ってもよい。また、データ処理装置140aにデータを要求せずに、参照不可であることを端末170aに通知してもよい。データ処理装置140bは、ステップS310でデータ処理装置140aへのデータの送信・転送を停止する要求を受けているため、処理結果をデータ処理装置140aに送信せずに、直接端末170aに送信する。その際、端末170aはデータ処理装置140aのIPアドレス宛にデータを送信しているため、データ処理装置140bの通信経路切替部370は、処理完了通知の送信元IPアドレスをデータ処理装置140aのIPアドレスに変更して送信する。なお、IPアドレスの変更はデータ生成時の動作と同じである。 In step S214, the data processing device 140b performs data processing. When the data processing device 140b does not hold the requested data, the data processing device 140c requests the data. Further, when the data processing device 140b also does not hold data, the data processing device 140a may be requested to receive data and receive data from the data processing device 140a. Alternatively, the terminal 170a may be notified that the data cannot be referred to without requesting data to the data processing device 140a. Since the data processing device 140b has received a request to stop transmission / transfer of data to the data processing device 140a in step S310, the data processing device 140b transmits the processing result directly to the terminal 170a without transmitting it to the data processing device 140a. At that time, since the terminal 170a is transmitting data to the IP address of the data processing device 140a, the communication path switching unit 370 of the data processing device 140b sets the transmission source IP address of the processing completion notification to the IP of the data processing device 140a. Change to address and send. The change of the IP address is the same as the operation at the time of data generation.
 以上より、データ処理装置140aが想定外の移動を検知した場合に、端末170からのデータ参照を拒否すると共に、受信したデータを他のデータ処理装置140に転送する。さらに、他のデータ処理装置140に対し、データ処理装置140aへのデータの転送を停止する要求を送ることによって、データ処理装置140aが盗難された場合に、流出するデータ量と紛失するデータ量を最小限にとどめることが可能となる。 As described above, when the data processing device 140 a detects an unexpected movement, the data reference from the terminal 170 is rejected and the received data is transferred to another data processing device 140. Furthermore, when the data processing device 140a is stolen by sending a request to the other data processing device 140 to stop the transfer of data to the data processing device 140a, the amount of data that will be leaked and the amount of data that will be lost. It is possible to keep it to a minimum.
(2-3)本実施の形態の効果
 以上のように、本実施の形態によれば、データ処理装置140が設置された周辺環境の状態情報を生成し、データ処理装置140間で、各データ処理装置の周辺環境の状態情報、または、処理内容の要求、または、その両方を通知することによって、複数のデータ処理装置の周辺環境、及び、その変化を考慮して各データ処理装置におけるデータの処理内容や保存場所を判断する。これにより、各データに適したデータ処理装置において、適切なデータ処理とデータ保存をすることが可能となる。
(2-3) Effects of this Embodiment As described above, according to this embodiment, status information of the surrounding environment where the data processing device 140 is installed is generated, and each data is transmitted between the data processing devices 140. By notifying the status information of the peripheral environment of the processing device and / or the request for processing contents, the data of each data processing device is considered in consideration of the peripheral environment of the plurality of data processing devices and the change thereof. Determine processing contents and storage location. Accordingly, it is possible to perform appropriate data processing and data storage in a data processing apparatus suitable for each data.
 130  ネットワーク
 140  データ処理装置
 150  管理サーバ
 160  アクセスポイント
 170  端末
 300  データ処理制御部
 301  周辺環境状態生成・判断部
 302  制御調停部
 303  通信制御部
 304  実行基盤制御部
 305  端末制御部
 306  ストレージ制御部
 307  サービス特性生成・判断部
 350  制御用データ記憶部
 351  周辺環境状態情報記憶部
 352  通信特性情報記憶部
 353  端末特性情報記憶部
 354  サービス特性情報記憶部
 355  サーバ特性情報記憶部
 370  通信経路切替部
 380  データ処理部
 385  データ記憶部
 391  計測部
 
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 130 Network 140 Data processing apparatus 150 Management server 160 Access point 170 Terminal 300 Data processing control part 301 Peripheral environment state production | generation judgment part 302 Control arbitration part 303 Communication control part 304 Execution base control part 305 Terminal control part 306 Storage control part 307 Service Characteristic generation / determination unit 350 Control data storage unit 351 Ambient environment state information storage unit 352 Communication characteristic information storage unit 353 Terminal characteristic information storage unit 354 Service characteristic information storage unit 355 Server characteristic information storage unit 370 Communication path switching unit 380 Data processing 385 Data storage unit 391 Measurement unit

Claims (15)

  1.  ユーザにより利用される端末と、前記端末からの要求に応じて所定の処理を実行する複数のデータ処理装置とがネットワークを介して接続された情報処理システムであって、
     前記データ処理装置は、
     前記要求に応じた所定の処理を実行する制御部と、
     前記所定の処理の実行結果を記憶する記憶部と、
     前記データ処理装置が設置される周辺環境の状態を測定する測定部と、
     を備え、
     前記制御部は、
     前記測定部により測定された前記周辺環境の状態に基づいて、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否または前記所定の処理の実行結果の前記記憶部への記憶可否を判断し、
     前記所定の処理の一部または全部の実行が不可能な場合または前記実行結果の全部または一部の前記記憶部への記憶が不可能な場合に、他のデータ処理装置に前記所定の処理の全部または一部を実行させたり前記実行結果の全部または一部を記憶させたりする
     ことを特徴とする、情報処理システム。
    An information processing system in which a terminal used by a user and a plurality of data processing devices that execute predetermined processing in response to a request from the terminal are connected via a network,
    The data processing device includes:
    A control unit that executes predetermined processing in response to the request;
    A storage unit for storing an execution result of the predetermined process;
    A measurement unit for measuring the state of the surrounding environment where the data processing device is installed;
    With
    The controller is
    Based on the state of the surrounding environment measured by the measurement unit, determine whether to execute the predetermined process according to the request or whether to store the execution result of the predetermined process in the storage unit,
    When it is impossible to execute a part or all of the predetermined process or when it is impossible to store all or a part of the execution result in the storage unit, another data processing apparatus is configured to execute the predetermined process. An information processing system, wherein all or part of the information is executed or all or part of the execution result is stored.
  2.  前記データ処理装置の前記制御部は、
     前記測定部により測定された前記周辺環境の状態の変化に基づいて、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の処理方法を変更したり、前記所定の処理の実行結果の記憶場所を変更したりする
     ことを特徴とする、請求項1に記載の情報処理システム。
    The control unit of the data processing device includes:
    Based on the change in the state of the surrounding environment measured by the measurement unit, the processing method of the predetermined process according to the request is changed, or the storage location of the execution result of the predetermined process is changed. The information processing system according to claim 1, wherein:
  3.  前記データ処理装置の
     前記記憶部は、前記周辺環境の状態に対応する状態テンプレートを記憶し、
     前記制御部は、
     前記測定部により測定された前記周辺環境の状態と前記状態テンプレートとから、前記計測部により計測されない周辺環境の非計測情報を取得し、
     前記周辺環境の状態及び前記周辺環境の非計測情報に基づいて、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否または前記所定の処理の実行結果の前記記憶部への記憶可否を判断する
     ことを特徴とする、請求項2に記載の情報処理システム。
    The storage unit of the data processing device stores a state template corresponding to the state of the surrounding environment,
    The controller is
    From the state of the surrounding environment measured by the measuring unit and the state template, obtain non-measurement information of the surrounding environment that is not measured by the measuring unit,
    Based on the state of the surrounding environment and non-measurement information on the surrounding environment, it is determined whether or not to execute a predetermined process in response to the request or whether or not to store the execution result of the predetermined process in the storage unit. The information processing system according to claim 2.
  4.  前記データ処理装置の前記制御部は、
     前記所定の処理の一部または全部の実行が不可能な場合または前記実行結果の全部または一部の前記記憶部への記憶が不可能な場合に、前記他のデータ処理装置に、前記所定の処理の全部または一部の実行させる要求や、前記実行結果の全部または一部を記憶させる要求を通知し、
     前記要求を通知された前記他のデータ処理装置は、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否を前記データ処理装置に返信する
     ことを特徴とする、請求項3に記載の情報処理システム。
    The control unit of the data processing device includes:
    When the execution of a part or all of the predetermined process is impossible, or when all or a part of the execution result cannot be stored in the storage unit, the other data processing apparatus is provided with the predetermined process. A request to execute all or part of the process, and a request to store all or part of the execution result,
    The information processing system according to claim 3, wherein the other data processing apparatus notified of the request returns to the data processing apparatus whether or not a predetermined process according to the request can be executed.
  5.  前記データ処理装置の前記制御部は、
     前記周辺環境の状態の変化を推定し、
     前記所定の処理の一部または全部の実行が不可能な場合または前記実行結果の全部または一部の前記記憶部への記憶が不可能な場合に、
     前記周辺環境の状態の変化が推定される時刻に、前記他のデータ処理装置に、前記所定の処理の全部または一部の実行させる要求や、前記実行結果の全部または一部を記憶させる要求を通知し、
     前記要求を通知された前記他のデータ処理装置は、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否を前記データ処理装置に返信する
     ことを特徴とする、請求項4に記載の情報処理システム。
    The control unit of the data processing device includes:
    Estimating changes in the state of the surrounding environment,
    When it is impossible to execute part or all of the predetermined process, or when it is impossible to store all or part of the execution result in the storage unit,
    A request to cause the other data processing device to execute all or part of the predetermined processing and a request to store all or part of the execution result at a time when a change in the state of the surrounding environment is estimated. Notify
    5. The information processing system according to claim 4, wherein the other data processing apparatus notified of the request returns to the data processing apparatus whether or not to execute a predetermined process according to the request.
  6.  前記データ処理装置の
     前記測定部は、前記周辺環境の状態のうちの一部の状態を測定し、
     前記制御部は、前記測定部により測定された前記周辺環境の状態のうちの一部の状態からその他の周辺環境の状態情報を推定し、
     前記推定した周辺環境の状態情報に基づいて、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否または前記所定の処理の実行結果の前記記憶部への記憶可否を判断する
     ことを特徴とする、請求項5に記載の情報処理システム。
    The measurement unit of the data processing device measures a part of the state of the surrounding environment,
    The control unit estimates state information of other surrounding environment from a part of the state of the surrounding environment measured by the measuring unit,
    The determination as to whether or not to execute a predetermined process according to the request or whether or not to store the execution result of the predetermined process in the storage unit is made based on the estimated state information of the surrounding environment. 5. The information processing system according to 5.
  7.  前記データ処理装置の前記制御部は、
     前記測定部により前記データ処理装置の電圧低下が計測された場合に、
     前記データ処理装置内部の通信切替装置以外の一部の装置の電源を落として、前記通信切替装置により前記端末からの要求を前記他のデータ処理装置に転送する
     ことを特徴とする、請求項6に記載の情報処理システム。
    The control unit of the data processing device includes:
    When a voltage drop of the data processing device is measured by the measurement unit,
    7. The apparatus according to claim 6, wherein a part of the device other than the communication switching device inside the data processing device is powered off, and the request from the terminal is transferred to the other data processing device by the communication switching device. Information processing system described in 1.
  8.  前記データ処理装置の前記制御部は、
     前記測定部により前記データ処理装置の設置エリアの平均停電時間が測定された場合に、
     前記データ処理装置内部のいずれの装置の電源を落とすかを示す縮退レベルを判断して、前記縮退レベルに基づいて、他のデータ処理装置に前記所定の処理の全部または一部を実行させたり前記実行結果の全部または一部を記憶させたりする
     ことを特徴とする、請求項7に記載の情報処理システム。
    The control unit of the data processing device includes:
    When the average power failure time of the installation area of the data processing device is measured by the measurement unit,
    Determining a degeneration level indicating which device in the data processing apparatus is to be powered off, and causing another data processing apparatus to execute all or part of the predetermined processing based on the degeneration level, The information processing system according to claim 7, wherein all or part of the execution result is stored.
  9.  前記データ処理装置の前記制御部は、
     前記測定部により前記データ処理装置の移動が検知された場合に、
     前記端末から受信されたデータまたは前記記憶部に記憶されたデータを前記他のデータ処理装置に転送する
     ことを特徴とする、請求項8に記載の情報処理システム。
    The control unit of the data processing device includes:
    When movement of the data processing device is detected by the measurement unit,
    The information processing system according to claim 8, wherein data received from the terminal or data stored in the storage unit is transferred to the other data processing device.
  10.  前記データ処理装置の前記制御部は、
     前記周辺環境の非計測情報に前記データ処理装置の紛失または盗難リスクの情報が含まれている場合に、
     前記端末から受信されたデータを前記他のデータ処理装置に転送し、前記他のデータ処理装置からのデータ転送を停止させる
     ことを特徴とする、請求項9に記載の情報処理システム。
    The control unit of the data processing device includes:
    When the non-measurement information of the surrounding environment includes information on loss or theft risk of the data processing device,
    The information processing system according to claim 9, wherein data received from the terminal is transferred to the other data processing device, and data transfer from the other data processing device is stopped.
  11.  ユーザにより利用される端末と、前記端末からの要求に応じて所定の処理を実行する複数のデータ処理装置とネットワークを介して接続されたデータ処理装置であって、
     前記要求に応じた所定の処理を実行する制御部と、
     前記所定の処理の実行結果を記憶する記憶部と、
     前記データ処理装置が設置される周辺環境の状態を測定する測定部と、
     を備え、
     前記制御部は、
     前記測定部により測定された前記周辺環境の状態に基づいて、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否または前記所定の処理の実行結果の前記記憶部への記憶可否を判断し、
     前記所定の処理の一部または全部の実行が不可能な場合または前記実行結果の全部または一部の前記記憶部への記憶が不可能な場合に、他のデータ処理装置に前記所定の処理の全部または一部を実行させたり前記実行結果の全部または一部を記憶させたりする
     ことを特徴とする、データ処理装置。
    A data processing device connected via a network to a terminal used by a user and a plurality of data processing devices that execute predetermined processing in response to a request from the terminal;
    A control unit that executes predetermined processing in response to the request;
    A storage unit for storing an execution result of the predetermined process;
    A measurement unit for measuring the state of the surrounding environment where the data processing device is installed;
    With
    The controller is
    Based on the state of the surrounding environment measured by the measurement unit, determine whether to execute the predetermined process according to the request or whether to store the execution result of the predetermined process in the storage unit,
    When it is impossible to execute a part or all of the predetermined process or when it is impossible to store all or a part of the execution result in the storage unit, another data processing apparatus is configured to execute the predetermined process. A data processing apparatus, wherein all or part of the data is executed or all or part of the execution result is stored.
  12.  前記制御部は、
     前記測定部により測地された前記周辺環境の状態の変化に基づいて、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の処理方法を変更したり、前記所定の処理の実行結果の記憶場所を変更したりする
     ことを特徴とする、請求項11に記載のデータ処理装置。
    The controller is
    Based on a change in the state of the surrounding environment measured by the measurement unit, the processing method of the predetermined process according to the request is changed, or the storage location of the execution result of the predetermined process is changed. The data processing apparatus according to claim 11, wherein:
  13.  前記記憶部は、前記周辺環境の状態に対応する状態テンプレートを記憶し、
     前記制御部は、
     前記測定部により測定された前記周辺環境の状態と前記状態テンプレートとから、前記計測部により計測されない周辺環境の非計測情報を取得し、
     前記周辺環境の状態及び前記周辺環境の非計測情報に基づいて、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否または前記所定の処理の実行結果の前記記憶部への記憶可否を判断する
     ことを特徴とする、請求項11に記載のデータ処理装置。
    The storage unit stores a state template corresponding to the state of the surrounding environment,
    The controller is
    From the state of the surrounding environment measured by the measuring unit and the state template, obtain non-measurement information of the surrounding environment that is not measured by the measuring unit,
    Based on the state of the surrounding environment and non-measurement information on the surrounding environment, it is determined whether or not to execute a predetermined process in response to the request or whether or not to store the execution result of the predetermined process in the storage unit. The data processing apparatus according to claim 11.
  14.  前記制御部は、
     前記所定の処理の一部または全部の実行が不可能な場合または前記実行結果の全部または一部の前記記憶部への記憶が不可能な場合に、前記他のデータ処理装置に、前記所定の処理の全部または一部の実行させる要求や、前記実行結果の全部または一部を記憶させる要求を通知し、
     前記要求を通知された前記他のデータ処理装置は、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否を前記データ処理装置に返信する
     ことを特徴とする、請求項11に記載のデータ処理装置。
    The controller is
    When the execution of a part or all of the predetermined process is impossible, or when all or a part of the execution result cannot be stored in the storage unit, the other data processing apparatus is provided with the predetermined process. A request to execute all or part of the process, and a request to store all or part of the execution result,
    The data processing apparatus according to claim 11, wherein the other data processing apparatus notified of the request returns to the data processing apparatus whether or not a predetermined process according to the request is executable.
  15.  前記制御部は、
     前記周辺環境の状態の変化を推定し、
     前記所定の処理の一部または全部の実行が不可能な場合または前記実行結果の全部または一部の前記記憶部への記憶が不可能な場合に、
     前記周辺環境の状態の変化が推定される時刻に、前記他のデータ処理装置に、前記所定の処理の全部または一部の実行させる要求や、前記実行結果の全部または一部を記憶させる要求を通知し、
     前記要求を通知された前記他のデータ処理装置は、前記要求に応じた所定の処理の実行可否を前記データ処理装置に返信する
     ことを特徴とする、請求項11に記載のデータ処理装置。
     
    The controller is
    Estimating changes in the state of the surrounding environment,
    When it is impossible to execute part or all of the predetermined process, or when it is impossible to store all or part of the execution result in the storage unit,
    A request to cause the other data processing device to execute all or part of the predetermined processing and a request to store all or part of the execution result at a time when a change in the state of the surrounding environment is estimated. Notify
    The data processing apparatus according to claim 11, wherein the other data processing apparatus notified of the request returns to the data processing apparatus whether or not a predetermined process according to the request is executable.
PCT/JP2013/060524 2013-04-05 2013-04-05 Information processing system and data processing control method WO2014162601A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2013/060524 WO2014162601A1 (en) 2013-04-05 2013-04-05 Information processing system and data processing control method

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/JP2013/060524 WO2014162601A1 (en) 2013-04-05 2013-04-05 Information processing system and data processing control method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014162601A1 true WO2014162601A1 (en) 2014-10-09

Family

ID=51657926

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/060524 WO2014162601A1 (en) 2013-04-05 2013-04-05 Information processing system and data processing control method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2014162601A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022033685A (en) * 2020-07-14 2022-03-02 ベイジン バイドゥ ネットコム サイエンス テクノロジー カンパニー リミテッド Method, apparatus, electronic device, computer readable storage medium and computer program for determining robustness
JP7132386B1 (en) 2021-03-31 2022-09-06 株式会社日立製作所 Storage system and storage system load balancing method

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010530108A (en) * 2007-06-15 2010-09-02 サヴィス・インコーポレーテッド Shared data center disaster recovery system and method
JP2012093992A (en) * 2010-10-27 2012-05-17 Ejworks Corp Data center controlling system, data center controlling apparatus and program
JP2013015960A (en) * 2011-07-01 2013-01-24 Nomura Research Institute Ltd Autonomous microcell type distributed data processing system and information processing device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010530108A (en) * 2007-06-15 2010-09-02 サヴィス・インコーポレーテッド Shared data center disaster recovery system and method
JP2012093992A (en) * 2010-10-27 2012-05-17 Ejworks Corp Data center controlling system, data center controlling apparatus and program
JP2013015960A (en) * 2011-07-01 2013-01-24 Nomura Research Institute Ltd Autonomous microcell type distributed data processing system and information processing device

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022033685A (en) * 2020-07-14 2022-03-02 ベイジン バイドゥ ネットコム サイエンス テクノロジー カンパニー リミテッド Method, apparatus, electronic device, computer readable storage medium and computer program for determining robustness
JP7132386B1 (en) 2021-03-31 2022-09-06 株式会社日立製作所 Storage system and storage system load balancing method
JP2022157664A (en) * 2021-03-31 2022-10-14 株式会社日立製作所 Storage system and load distribution method for storage system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10650593B2 (en) Holographic technology implemented security solution
US10291714B2 (en) System and method for using general software to control internet of things (IOT) system
Kalatzis et al. Edge computing in IoT ecosystems for UAV-enabled early fire detection
CA2906170C (en) Security system using visual floor plan
JP6786395B2 (en) Person authentication and tracking system
CN102782736B (en) Alarm integrated system and method
ES2340469T3 (en) PROCEDURE AND SYSTEM FOR A SET OF NETWORK DEVICES THAT CAN BE CONNECTED TO IMPROVE COLLABORATION, SCALABILITY AND RELIABILITY.
US11438347B2 (en) Information handling system threat management and detection with scheduled token communication
KR20150132379A (en) Security system access profiles
JP2021508189A (en) Internet of Things (IoT) -based integrated device for monitoring and controlling events in the environment
JP2008167460A (en) Airborne security management program
JP6847145B2 (en) Building support with concealed electronic components for structures
US20200265146A1 (en) Embedded data protection and forensics for physically unsecure remote terminal unit (rtu)
US11373506B1 (en) Independent security monitoring device and process for monitoring infrastructure systems by way of an artificial intelligence and sensor-based location-independent device
US11336658B2 (en) Information handling system threat management
US11595407B2 (en) Information handling system threat management
JP2018092938A (en) Determination device, monitoring device, monitoring system, determination method, monitoring method, and program
WO2014162601A1 (en) Information processing system and data processing control method
Machida et al. PA-Offload: performability-aware adaptive fog offloading for drone image processing
CN113962577A (en) Multi-system intelligent park platform
Vuppala et al. A scalable WSN based data center monitoring solution with probabilistic event prediction
CN114243914B (en) Power monitoring system
KR101686703B1 (en) Personalized smart energy saving system using network flow monitoring
JP2009014516A (en) Earthquake warning system
Finogeev et al. Methods and tools for secure sensor data transmission and data mining in energy SCADA system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13880938

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13880938

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP